TWI569967B - A polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same - Google Patents

A polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TWI569967B
TWI569967B TW103139405A TW103139405A TWI569967B TW I569967 B TWI569967 B TW I569967B TW 103139405 A TW103139405 A TW 103139405A TW 103139405 A TW103139405 A TW 103139405A TW I569967 B TWI569967 B TW I569967B
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
protective film
acid
polarizing plate
group
Prior art date
Application number
TW103139405A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TW201531404A (en
Inventor
Shinichiro Suzuki
Original Assignee
Konica Minolta Inc
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Konica Minolta Inc filed Critical Konica Minolta Inc
Publication of TW201531404A publication Critical patent/TW201531404A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI569967B publication Critical patent/TWI569967B/en

Links

Classifications

    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/02Physical, chemical or physicochemical properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B7/00Layered products characterised by the relation between layers; Layered products characterised by the relative orientation of features between layers, or by the relative values of a measurable parameter between layers, i.e. products comprising layers having different physical, chemical or physicochemical properties; Layered products characterised by the interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/04Interconnection of layers
    • B32B7/12Interconnection of layers using interposed adhesives or interposed materials with bonding properties
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B23/00Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose
    • B32B23/04Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B23/08Layered products comprising a layer of cellulosic plastic substances, i.e. substances obtained by chemical modification of cellulose, e.g. cellulose ethers, cellulose esters, viscose comprising such cellulosic plastic substance as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/06Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material
    • B32B27/08Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin as the main or only constituent of a layer, which is next to another layer of the same or of a different material of synthetic resin
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/30Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • B32B27/308Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising vinyl (co)polymers; comprising acrylic (co)polymers comprising acrylic (co)polymers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B27/00Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin
    • B32B27/36Layered products comprising a layer of synthetic resin comprising polyesters
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09JADHESIVES; NON-MECHANICAL ASPECTS OF ADHESIVE PROCESSES IN GENERAL; ADHESIVE PROCESSES NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE; USE OF MATERIALS AS ADHESIVES
    • C09J163/00Adhesives based on epoxy resins; Adhesives based on derivatives of epoxy resins
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B1/00Optical elements characterised by the material of which they are made; Optical coatings for optical elements
    • G02B1/10Optical coatings produced by application to, or surface treatment of, optical elements
    • G02B1/14Protective coatings, e.g. hard coatings
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • G02B5/3025Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state
    • G02B5/3033Polarisers, i.e. arrangements capable of producing a definite output polarisation state from an unpolarised input state in the form of a thin sheet or foil, e.g. Polaroid
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/40Properties of the layers or laminate having particular optical properties
    • B32B2307/42Polarizing, birefringent, filtering
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2307/00Properties of the layers or laminate
    • B32B2307/50Properties of the layers or laminate having particular mechanical properties
    • B32B2307/54Yield strength; Tensile strength
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B32LAYERED PRODUCTS
    • B32BLAYERED PRODUCTS, i.e. PRODUCTS BUILT-UP OF STRATA OF FLAT OR NON-FLAT, e.g. CELLULAR OR HONEYCOMB, FORM
    • B32B2457/00Electrical equipment
    • B32B2457/20Displays, e.g. liquid crystal displays, plasma displays
    • B32B2457/202LCD, i.e. liquid crystal displays

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Manufacture Of Macromolecular Shaped Articles (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Description

偏光板及使用此的液晶顯示裝置 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same

本發明為關於偏光板及使用此的液晶顯示裝置。 The present invention relates to a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same.

液晶顯示裝置在液晶電視或個人電腦的液晶顯示器等之用途上,需要日益擴大。一般而言,液晶顯示裝置係由以玻璃板挾持透明電極、液晶層、彩色濾光片等而成的液晶晶胞、以及設置於其兩側之2片的偏光板所構成。分別的偏光板,通常係由2片的透明樹脂薄膜挾持偏光子所構成。作為如此般的透明樹脂薄膜之一例,以具有保護偏光子之機能的纖維素乙酸酯等的醯化纖維素薄膜為常被使用。醯化纖維素薄膜之透過率高,使浸漬於鹼水溶液中使其表面皂化、並藉由親水化,而實現與偏光子之優異密著性。 The liquid crystal display device needs to be increasingly expanded in applications such as liquid crystal televisions or liquid crystal displays for personal computers. In general, a liquid crystal display device is composed of a liquid crystal cell in which a transparent electrode, a liquid crystal layer, a color filter or the like is held by a glass plate, and two polarizing plates provided on both sides thereof. The respective polarizing plates are usually composed of two transparent resin films holding polarizers. As an example of such a transparent resin film, a cellulose-deposited film such as cellulose acetate having a function of protecting a polarizer is often used. The deuterated cellulose film has a high transmittance, and is immersed in an aqueous alkali solution to saponify its surface, and is hydrophilized to achieve excellent adhesion to a polarizer.

然而,以往亦有提案使用醯化纖維素薄膜以外的樹脂薄膜來作為偏光板的保護薄膜。例如,日本特開2012-181277號公報中揭示提供一種偏光板,其係在將具有指定相位差值的醯化纖維素薄膜配置於偏光子之晶胞側 所成的偏光板中,藉由以透明的丙烯酸系樹脂中為調配具有指定數平均粒徑的橡膠彈性體粒子的組成物來構成外側樹脂薄膜,即使是薄壁化亦不易破斷。 However, it has been proposed in the past to use a resin film other than a deuterated cellulose film as a protective film for a polarizing plate. For example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-181277 discloses a polarizing plate in which a cellulose-deposited cellulose film having a specified retardation value is disposed on a unit cell side of a polarizer. In the polarizing plate to be formed, the outer resin film is formed by blending a composition of rubber elastomer particles having a predetermined number average particle diameter in a transparent acrylic resin, and is not easily broken even if it is thinned.

又,日本特開2012-256057號公報中揭示提 供一種偏光板,其係在將由聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯(PET)等所成之聚酯薄膜作為偏光板的保護薄膜使用時,藉由將遲滯(retardation)為控制在指定值的薄膜、與特定光源組合使用,而耐久性及辨視性為優異。 Further, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-256057 discloses Provided is a polarizing plate which is obtained by using a polyester film formed of polyethylene terephthalate (PET) or the like as a protective film of a polarizing plate, by retarding a film controlled to a specified value It is used in combination with a specific light source, and is excellent in durability and visibility.

本發明人將作為保護薄膜的醯化纖維素薄膜配置於偏光子之一側之面,將如上述日本特開2012-181277號公報或日本特開2012-256057號公報中所揭示般之以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄膜配置於另一側之面,製作了具有如此所成構成的偏光板,並對於該耐久性進行檢討。具體而言,對於具有如此般構成的偏光板進行熱衝擊耐久性試驗及高溫高濕耐久性試驗。其結果得知,以上述日本特開2012-181277號公報或日本特開2012-256057號公報中所揭示的構成時,會產生所謂的偏光板之面內端部的漏光、或因偏光板之捲曲所造成的面板之翹曲之問題。 The present inventors have placed a deuterated cellulose film as a protective film on the side of one side of a polarizer, and used acrylic acid as disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-181277 or JP-A-2012-256057. A film having a resin or a polyester as a main component was placed on the other side, and a polarizing plate having such a configuration was produced, and the durability was examined. Specifically, the polarizing plate having such a configuration was subjected to a thermal shock endurance test and a high-temperature and high-humidity durability test. As a result, when the configuration disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2012-181277 or JP-A-2012-256057 is used, light leakage in the in-plane end portion of the polarizing plate or due to a polarizing plate occurs. The problem of warpage of the panel caused by curling.

本發明為有鑑於上述問題而完成者,該解決課題為提供在將作為保護薄膜為以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為 主成分的薄膜配置於偏光子之一側之面而成的偏光板中,即使是熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕耐久性試驗之後,亦可將偏光板之面內端部的漏光、或因偏光板之捲曲所造成的面板之翹曲等問題之產生抑制於最小限度的技術手段。 The present invention has been made in view of the above problems, and the object of the invention is to provide a protective film as an acrylic resin or a polyester. The film of the main component is disposed on the polarizing plate formed on one side of the polarizer. Even after the thermal shock durability test or the high-temperature and high-humidity durability test, the inner end of the polarizing plate may be leaked, or The occurrence of problems such as warpage of the panel due to the curl of the polarizing plate is suppressed to a minimum technical means.

本發明人有鑑於上述課題,經深入研究之結 果發現,藉由在依序具有保護薄膜A、偏光子及保護薄膜B,且前述保護薄膜A及前述保護薄膜B為使用紫外線硬化型接著劑來與前述偏光子貼合而成的偏光板中,作為保護薄膜A為使用以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄膜,且作為保護薄膜B為使用以纖維素乙酸酯作為主成分的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,且該纖維素乙酸酯的平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7,且該纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的光彈性係數的縱橫方向之差(由MD方向之值減去TD方向之值後的值之絕對值)為控制在5.0以下,可實現能解決上述課題之程度的耐久性優異的偏光板,遂而完成本發明。 The present inventors have made in-depth research in view of the above problems. It is found that the protective film A, the polarizer and the protective film B are sequentially provided, and the protective film A and the protective film B are in a polarizing plate which is bonded to the polarizer using an ultraviolet curing adhesive. As the protective film A, a film containing an acrylic resin or a polyester as a main component is used, and as the protective film B, a cellulose acetate film containing cellulose acetate as a main component is used, and the cellulose acetate is used. The average acetyl group substitution degree is 2.1 to 2.7, and the difference between the longitudinal and lateral directions of the photoelastic coefficient of the cellulose acetate film (the absolute value of the value obtained by subtracting the value of the TD direction from the value of the MD direction) is controlled. In the case of 5.0 or less, a polarizing plate excellent in durability which can solve the above problems can be realized, and the present invention has been completed.

亦即,本發明之上述課題為藉由下述手段所解決。 That is, the above object of the present invention is solved by the following means.

[1].一種偏光板,其係依序具有保護薄膜A、偏光子及保護薄膜B,且前述保護薄膜A及前述保護薄膜B為使用紫外線硬化型接著劑來與前述偏光子貼合而成的偏光板,其特徵為:前述保護薄膜A,係以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分 的薄膜;前述保護薄膜B,係以纖維素乙酸酯作為主成分的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,且該纖維素乙酸酯的平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7;前述纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的光彈性係數(23℃ 55%RH)的縱橫方向之差(由MD方向之值減去TD方向之值後的值之絕對值)為5.0以下。 [1] A polarizing plate comprising a protective film A, a polarizer and a protective film B in this order, wherein the protective film A and the protective film B are bonded to the polarizer using an ultraviolet curing adhesive. a polarizing plate characterized in that the protective film A is made of acrylic resin or polyester as a main component The protective film B is a cellulose acetate film containing cellulose acetate as a main component, and the cellulose acetate has an average ethyl thiol substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.7; The difference between the longitudinal and lateral directions of the photoelastic coefficient (23° C. 55% RH) of the ester film (the absolute value of the value obtained by subtracting the value in the TD direction from the value in the MD direction) is 5.0 or less.

[2].如上述[1]之偏光板,其中,在前述保護薄膜B中,MD方向的光彈性係數較TD方向的光彈性係數為大。 [2] The polarizing plate according to the above [1], wherein, in the protective film B, the photoelastic coefficient in the MD direction is larger than the photoelastic coefficient in the TD direction.

[3].如上述[1]或[2]之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A之膜厚為55~80μm。 [3] The polarizing plate according to the above [1] or [2] wherein the protective film A has a film thickness of 55 to 80 μm.

[4].如上述[1]~[3]中任一項之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A的MD方向的拉伸彈性率(23℃ 55%RH)與TD方向的拉伸彈性率(23℃ 55%RH)之差之絕對值為500MPa以下。 [4] The polarizing plate according to any one of the above [1], wherein the protective film A has a tensile modulus in the MD direction (23 ° C 55% RH) and a tensile modulus in the TD direction. The absolute value of the difference between (23 ° C and 55% RH) is 500 MPa or less.

[5].如上述[1]~[4]中任一項之偏光板,其中,將前述保護薄膜A於80℃ 90%RH之條件下靜置24小時,此時的霧度值之變化為0.5以下。 [5] The polarizing plate according to any one of the above [1], wherein the protective film A is allowed to stand at 80 ° C and 90% RH for 24 hours, and the haze value is changed at this time. It is 0.5 or less.

[6].如上述[1]~[5]中任一項之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A,係以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分。 [6] The polarizing plate according to any one of the above [1], wherein the protective film A is made of an acrylic resin as a main component.

[7].如上述[1]~[5]中任一項之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A,係以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯作為主成分。 [7] The polarizing plate according to any one of the above [1], wherein the protective film A is made of polyethylene terephthalate as a main component.

[8].如上述[1]~[7]中任一項之偏光板,其中,前述保 護薄膜B含有遲滯上昇劑,其係包含選自由吡唑環、咪唑環及三唑環所成之群之至少1種的遲滯上昇劑。 [8] The polarizing plate according to any one of the above [1] to [7] wherein The protective film B contains a hysteresis rising agent containing at least one hysteresis rising agent selected from the group consisting of a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, and a triazole ring.

[9].如上述[1]~[8]中任一項之偏光板,其中,構成前述保護薄膜B的前述纖維素乙酸酯的前述乙醯基取代度為2.5~2.7。 [9] The polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [8] wherein the cellulose acetate of the protective film B has a degree of substitution of the ethyl thiol group of 2.5 to 2.7.

[10].如上述[1]~[9]中任一項之偏光板,其中,前述紫外線硬化型接著劑,係脂環式環氧化合物及脂肪鏈環氧化合物之混合物。 [10] The polarizing plate according to any one of the above [1], wherein the ultraviolet curable adhesive is a mixture of an alicyclic epoxy compound and an aliphatic chain epoxy compound.

[11].一種具備上述[1]~[10]中任一項之偏光板的VA型液晶顯示裝置。 [11] A VA liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate according to any one of [1] to [10] above.

1‧‧‧溶解釜 1‧‧‧Solution kettle

3、6、12、15‧‧‧過濾器 3, 6, 12, 15 ‧ ‧ filters

4、13‧‧‧存料釜 4, 13 ‧ ‧ storage tank

5、14‧‧‧送液泵浦 5, 14‧‧‧ liquid pump

8、16‧‧‧導管 8, 16‧‧‧ catheter

10‧‧‧紫外線吸收劑投入釜 10‧‧‧ UV absorbers into the kettle

20‧‧‧匯流管 20‧‧‧Conduit tube

21‧‧‧混合機 21‧‧‧Mixer

30‧‧‧加壓模具 30‧‧‧Pressure mould

31‧‧‧金屬帶 31‧‧‧Metal strip

32‧‧‧薄條 32‧‧‧thin strip

33‧‧‧剝離位置 33‧‧‧ peeling position

34‧‧‧拉幅延伸裝置 34‧‧‧Zoom extension

35‧‧‧乾燥裝置 35‧‧‧Drying device

41‧‧‧投入釜 41‧‧‧Into the kettle

42‧‧‧存料釜 42‧‧‧ Stock silo

43‧‧‧泵浦 43‧‧‧ pump

44‧‧‧過濾器 44‧‧‧Filter

[圖1]顯示本發明之偏光板之構成之一例之概略剖面圖。 Fig. 1 is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of a configuration of a polarizing plate of the present invention.

[圖2]模擬顯示本發明之較佳溶液澆鑄製膜法之濃液(dope)調製步驟、澆鑄步驟及乾燥步驟(溶劑蒸發步驟)之一例之圖。 Fig. 2 is a view showing an example of a dope preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step (solvent evaporation step) of a preferred solution casting film forming method of the present invention.

[實施發明之最佳形態] [Best Mode for Carrying Out the Invention]

本發明相關的偏光板,係依序具有保護薄膜A、偏光子及保護薄膜B,且前述保護薄膜A及前述保護薄膜B為使用紫外線硬化型接著劑來與前述偏光子貼合而 成的偏光板。在此,前述保護薄膜A,係以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄膜;前述保護薄膜B,係以纖維素乙酸酯作為主成分的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,且該纖維素乙酸酯的平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7。然後,前述纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的光彈性係數的縱橫方向之差(由MD方向之值減去TD方向之值後的值之絕對值)為5.0以下,此點為特徵。藉由本發明,在將作為保護薄膜為以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄膜配置於偏光子之一側之面而成的偏光板中,即使是熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕耐久性試驗之後,亦可將偏光板之面內端部的漏光、或因偏光板之捲曲所造成的面板之翹曲等問題之產生抑制於最小限度。 The polarizing plate according to the present invention has a protective film A, a polarizer and a protective film B in this order, and the protective film A and the protective film B are bonded to the polarizer using an ultraviolet curing adhesive. A polarizing plate. Here, the protective film A is a film containing an acrylic resin or a polyester as a main component; the protective film B is a cellulose acetate film containing cellulose acetate as a main component, and the cellulose acetate is used. The average ethyl thiol substitution of the ester is from 2.1 to 2.7. Then, the difference between the longitudinal and lateral directions of the photoelastic coefficient of the cellulose acetate film (the absolute value of the value obtained by subtracting the value in the TD direction from the value in the MD direction) is 5.0 or less. According to the present invention, even if the protective film is a polarizing plate in which a film containing acrylic resin or polyester as a main component is disposed on one side of a polarizer, thermal shock durability test or high temperature and high humidity durability is obtained. After the test, the occurrence of problems such as light leakage at the inner end portion of the polarizing plate or warpage of the panel due to curling of the polarizing plate can be minimized.

有關藉由本發明所規定的上述構成,可得到 作為本發明之目的功效之技術性理由,該詳細機制尚未完全闡明,但推測如以下般的機制。亦即,首先,關於因熱衝擊耐久性試驗所造成的問題之產生,當使用丙烯酸樹脂薄膜或聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜等的聚酯薄膜作為保護薄膜A時,有鑑於丙烯酸樹脂之Tg(約100℃)、聚酯之Tg(PET為約70℃)之值,曝露於高溫-低溫循環時,薄膜會變得重複軟化-硬化,而於面內產生應力。然後,認為是起因於與作為保護薄膜B所使用的纖維素酯薄膜之間之應力差,而產生來自於面板之翹曲或光學性變形的漏光。對此,藉由設為本發明之構成,可使於面內所產生的應力變得緩和,其結果推測可降低熱衝擊耐久性試驗後的面板之翹曲或漏光之產生。 With regard to the above configuration defined by the present invention, As a technical reason for the efficacy of the object of the present invention, the detailed mechanism has not been fully elucidated, but the following mechanism is presumed. That is, first, regarding the problem caused by the thermal shock durability test, when a polyester film such as an acrylic resin film or a polyethylene terephthalate film is used as the protective film A, in view of the acrylic resin The value of Tg (about 100 ° C), polyester Tg (PET is about 70 ° C), when exposed to high temperature - low temperature cycle, the film will become repeatedly softened - hardened, and stress is generated in the plane. Then, it is considered to be caused by the difference in stress between the cellulose ester film used as the protective film B, and light leakage from the warpage or optical deformation of the panel occurs. On the other hand, according to the configuration of the present invention, the stress generated in the plane can be relaxed, and as a result, it is estimated that the occurrence of warpage or light leakage of the panel after the thermal shock durability test can be reduced.

又,關於因高溫高濕耐久性試驗所造成的問 題之產生,當使用較纖維素酯薄膜為水分更不易透過(透濕度小)的丙烯酸樹脂薄膜或聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜等的聚酯薄膜來作為保護薄膜A時,滲透至液晶晶胞側的保護薄膜B(纖維素酯薄膜)的水分,不易藉由透濕度小的保護薄膜A來釋出至薄膜外部,使得構成纖維素酯薄膜的纖維素酯分解,認為是起因於此而產生來自於面板之翹曲或光學性變形的漏光(有關此點,當作為保護薄膜B之構成成分,係使用以平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7的纖維素乙酸酯作為主成分的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜時,會更顯著地產生此課題)。對此,藉由設為本發明之構成,光學性變形為較以往之構成為減少,即使是產生纖維素酯之分解,亦認為不會惡化至使顯示裝置的辨視性變得劣化之程度。 又,光學性變形的光彈性的異向性為少者,係認為亦不易引起物理性變形。其結果推測可降低熱衝擊耐久性試驗後的面板之翹曲或漏光之產生。 Also, regarding the high temperature and high humidity durability test In the case where a cellulose film such as an acrylic resin film or a polyethylene terephthalate film which is less permeable to water (less moisture permeability) is used as the protective film A, it penetrates into the liquid crystal. The moisture of the protective film B (cellulose ester film) on the cell side is not easily released to the outside of the film by the protective film A having a small moisture permeability, and the cellulose ester constituting the cellulose ester film is decomposed, which is considered to be due to this. Light leakage from the warpage or optical deformation of the panel occurs. (In this regard, as a constituent of the protective film B, cellulose acetate having an average substitution ratio of 2.1 to 2.7 is used as a main component. This problem is more pronounced when the cellulose acetate film is used. On the other hand, in the configuration of the present invention, the optical deformation is reduced as compared with the conventional configuration, and even if the decomposition of the cellulose ester occurs, it is considered that the deterioration of the visibility of the display device is not deteriorated. . Further, the photoelastic anisotropy of optical deformation is small, and it is considered that physical deformation is not easily caused. As a result, it is presumed that the occurrence of warpage or light leakage of the panel after the thermal shock durability test can be reduced.

以下,對於本發明及該構成要件、及用以實 施本發明之形態‧樣態進行詳細說明。尚,本發明中所示之「~」,係以包含其前後所記載之數值作為下限值及上限值之意義而使用。 Hereinafter, the present invention and the constituent elements, and The form of the invention will be described in detail. In addition, the "~" shown in the present invention is used in the sense that the numerical values described before and after are included as the lower limit and the upper limit.

《偏光板》 Polarizer

以下,對於本發明之偏光板之各構成要件進行詳細說明。 Hereinafter, each constituent element of the polarizing plate of the present invention will be described in detail.

[偏光板之構成] [Composition of polarizing plate]

本發明之偏光板為依序具有保護薄膜A、偏光子及保護薄膜B,且保護薄膜A為以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯(例如,聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯)作為主成分的薄膜,保護薄膜B為具有指定平均乙醯基取代度的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜。 The polarizing plate of the present invention has a protective film A, a polarizer and a protective film B in this order, and the protective film A is a film mainly composed of an acrylic resin or a polyester (for example, polyethylene terephthalate), and is protected. Film B is a cellulose acetate film having a specified average acetylation degree of substitution.

圖1為顯示本發明之偏光板之構成之一例之 概略剖面圖。圖1中,本發明之偏光板101,係自表面側具有保護薄膜A(丙烯酸樹脂薄膜、或PET薄膜等的聚酯薄膜)102、與偏光子104,此保護薄膜A102與偏光子104為藉由紫外線硬化型接著劑層103A所接著。此紫外線硬化型接著劑層103A,係以藉由照射紫外線等而硬化的材料所構成。尚,關於紫外線硬化型接著劑之詳細,如後所述。 1 is a view showing an example of the configuration of a polarizing plate of the present invention. A schematic cross-sectional view. In Fig. 1, the polarizing plate 101 of the present invention has a protective film A (an acrylic film, a PET film or the like polyester film) 102 and a polarizer 104 from the surface side, and the protective film A102 and the polarizer 104 are borrowed. This is followed by the ultraviolet curable adhesive layer 103A. The ultraviolet curable adhesive layer 103A is made of a material that is cured by irradiation with ultraviolet rays or the like. Further, the details of the ultraviolet curable adhesive are as described later.

圖1中所示的偏光板101,進而在與配置保護 薄膜A102之面為相反側的偏光子104之面,介隔著紫外線硬化型接著劑層103B,進而層合保護薄膜B(纖維素乙酸酯薄膜)105。 The polarizing plate 101 shown in FIG. 1 is further protected with configuration The surface of the film A102 is the surface of the polarizer 104 on the opposite side, and the protective film B (cellulose acetate film) 105 is laminated by interposing the ultraviolet curable adhesive layer 103B.

又,雖然未記載於圖1中,但因應所需可於 保護薄膜A102之更外側(最表面部)設置例如防眩層、抗反射層、防污層、硬塗層等。 Also, although not shown in Figure 1, it can be used as needed. The outer side (the outermost surface portion) of the protective film A102 is provided with, for example, an antiglare layer, an antireflection layer, an antifouling layer, a hard coat layer, or the like.

[保護薄膜A] [Protective film A]

保護薄膜A為以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄 膜。 The protective film A is thin with acrylic resin or polyester as a main component membrane.

本發明中,所謂的薄膜為以指定成分「作為 主成分」,係指對於構成薄膜的樹脂成分全質量而言,前述指定成分之比率為超過50質量%,較佳為55質量%以上,又較佳為70質量%以上,更佳為80質量%以上,特佳為90質量%以上。 In the present invention, the so-called film is "as a specified component" The main component means that the ratio of the predetermined component is more than 50% by mass, preferably 55% by mass or more, more preferably 70% by mass or more, and still more preferably 80% by mass of the total mass of the resin component constituting the film. More than %, particularly preferably 90% by mass or more.

[丙烯酸樹脂] [Acrylic]

本發明相關的丙烯酸樹脂中,亦包含甲基丙烯酸樹脂,較佳為丙烯酸酯/甲基丙烯酸酯之衍生物,特佳為丙烯酸酯酯/甲基丙烯酸酯酯之(共)聚合物。作為丙烯酸樹脂未特別限制,但由甲基丙烯酸甲酯單位51~99質量%、及可與其共聚合的其他的丙烯酸樹脂的單體單位1~50質量%所成的丙烯酸樹脂,就可得到高品位的光學薄膜,故較佳。 The acrylic resin according to the present invention also contains a methacrylic resin, preferably a derivative of an acrylate/methacrylate, and particularly preferably a (co)polymer of an acrylate ester/methacrylate ester. The acrylic resin is not particularly limited, but an acrylic resin composed of 51 to 99% by mass of methyl methacrylate unit and 1 to 50% by mass of a monomer unit of another acrylic resin copolymerizable therewith can be obtained. A preferred optical film is preferred.

本發明相關的丙烯酸樹脂中,作為可與甲基 丙烯酸甲酯單位共聚合的其他的丙烯酸樹脂的單體,舉例如烷基之碳數為2~18之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯、烷基之碳數為1~18之烷基丙烯酸酯、丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等的α,β-不飽和酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、伊康酸等的含不飽和基之二價羧酸、苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等的芳香族乙烯基化合物、丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈等的α,β-不飽和腈、馬來酸酐、馬來醯亞胺、N-取代馬來醯亞胺、戊二酸酐等,該等可單獨使用或是併用2種以上之單體來作為共聚合成分使 用。 In the acrylic resin related to the present invention, as a methyl group Other monomers of the acrylic resin copolymerized with methyl acrylate unit, for example, an alkyl methacrylate having an alkyl group having 2 to 18 carbon atoms, an alkyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 18 carbon atoms, or acrylic acid An aromatic group such as an unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acid such as α,β-unsaturated acid such as methacrylic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid or itaconic acid, styrene or α-methylstyrene Alpha, β-unsaturated nitrile such as vinyl compound, acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, etc., which can be used alone Or use two or more kinds of monomers together as a copolymerization component. use.

該等之中,就共聚物之耐熱分解性或流動性 之觀點而言,較佳為丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸n-丙酯、丙烯酸n-丁酯、丙烯酸s-丁酯、丙烯酸2-乙基己酯等,特佳為丙烯酸甲酯或丙烯酸n-丁酯。 Among these, the thermal decomposition resistance or fluidity of the copolymer From the viewpoints, preferred are methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, n-propyl acrylate, n-butyl acrylate, s-butyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl acrylate, etc., particularly preferably methyl acrylate or N-butyl acrylate.

作為可形成即使是在高溫、高濕之環境下性 能變化亦為少且透明性高的光學薄膜的丙烯酸樹脂,共聚合成分方面,較佳為含有脂環式烷基、或是藉由分子內環化而於分子主鏈形成環狀構造的丙烯酸樹脂。作為於分子主鏈形成環狀構造的丙烯酸樹脂之例,列舉例如日本特開2012-133078號公報之段落編號[0026]~[0027]中所記載的丙烯酸系熱塑性樹脂,其係包含含內酯環之聚合物;較佳的樹脂組成或合成方法,例如日本特開2012-066538號公報及日本特開2006-171464號公報中所記載。又,作為其他較佳樣態,舉例如含有戊二酸酐作為共聚合成分的樹脂,關於共聚合成分或具體合成方法,例如日本特開2004-070296號公報中所記載。 As can be formed even in high temperature, high humidity environment The acrylic resin which can change the optical film which is small and has high transparency, and the copolymerization component is preferably an alicyclic alkyl group or an acrylic acid which forms a cyclic structure in the molecular main chain by intramolecular cyclization. Resin. Examples of the acrylic resin which forms a cyclic structure in the molecular main chain include an acrylic thermoplastic resin described in paragraphs [0026] to [0027] of JP-A-2012-133078, which contains a lactone-containing resin. A polymer of a ring; a preferred resin composition or a synthesis method, for example, described in JP-A-2012-066538 and JP-A-2006-171464. Moreover, as another preferable aspect, for example, a resin containing glutaric anhydride as a copolymerization component is described in the copolymerization component or a specific synthesis method, for example, JP-A-2004-070296.

本發明中,就所謂的形成的薄膜之面狀為優 異之觀點而言,作為適用於本發明的丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量(Mw),較佳為80000以上。又,就可進而改良層合時的薄膜面狀之觀點而言,作為丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量,較佳為100000~4000000之範圍。 In the present invention, the surface of the so-called formed film is excellent. From the viewpoint of the weight, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the acrylic resin to which the present invention is applied is preferably 80,000 or more. Further, from the viewpoint of further improving the film surface shape at the time of lamination, the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin is preferably in the range of 100,000 to 4,000,000.

丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量之上限,就所 謂的黏度不會變得過高且可維持溶液澆鑄適應性,又,在 濃液(dope)調製時可確保與有機溶劑或添加劑之相溶性之理由而言,上限方面較佳設為4000000。 The upper limit of the weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin The viscosity does not become too high and can maintain the solution casting adaptability. In the case of ensuring compatibility with an organic solvent or an additive at the time of preparation of a dope, the upper limit is preferably set to 4,000,000.

本發明相關的丙烯酸樹脂之重量平均分子量,可藉由凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)來予以測定。測定條件如同下述。 The weight average molecular weight of the acrylic resin according to the present invention can be measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The measurement conditions are as follows.

溶劑:四氫呋喃 Solvent: tetrahydrofuran

管柱:Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(股)製,以3支連接使用) Pipe column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Showa Denko (share) system, used in 3 connections)

管柱溫度:25℃ Column temperature: 25 ° C

試樣濃度:0.1質量% Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass

檢測器:RI Model 504(GL SCIENCE公司製) Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL SCIENCE)

泵浦:L6000(日立製作所(股)製) Pump: L6000 (Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)

流量:1.0ml/min Flow rate: 1.0ml/min

校正曲線:使用標準聚苯乙烯STK standard聚苯乙烯(東曹(股)製)Mw=500~2800000之13樣品所作出的校正曲線。13樣品以幾乎等間隔使用為佳。 Calibration curve: A calibration curve made using 13 samples of standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Mw = 500 to 2800000. 13 samples are preferably used at almost equal intervals.

作為丙烯酸樹脂之製造方法未特別限制,可使用懸浮聚合、乳化聚合、塊狀聚合、或是溶液聚合等的習知的方法。 The method for producing the acrylic resin is not particularly limited, and a conventional method such as suspension polymerization, emulsion polymerization, bulk polymerization, or solution polymerization can be used.

又,本發明中,作為本發明相關的丙烯酸樹脂,亦可使用市售者。列舉例如DERPET 60N、80N(以上為Asahi Kasei Chemicals(股)製)、Dianal BR52、BR80、BR83、BR85、BR88(以上為Mitsubishi Rayon (股)製)、KT75(Denki Kagaku Kogyo(股)製)等。如此般的市售品的丙烯酸樹脂,亦可併用2種以上。 Further, in the present invention, a commercially available one may be used as the acrylic resin according to the present invention. For example, DERPET 60N, 80N (above is made by Asahi Kasei Chemicals Co., Ltd.), Dianal BR52, BR80, BR83, BR85, BR88 (above is Mitsubishi Rayon) (share) system, KT75 (Denki Kagaku Kogyo (share) system), etc. The acrylic resin of such a commercial product may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

(可與丙烯酸樹脂併用的其他的熱塑性樹脂) (Other thermoplastic resins that can be used together with acrylic resin)

本發明中,當保護薄膜A為以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分時,以不超出本發明相關的丙烯酸樹脂之含有量之範圍內,亦即,可維持「以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分的丙烯酸層」,並在不損及本發明之目的功效之範圍內,可進而包含其他的熱塑性樹脂。 In the present invention, when the protective film A is made of an acrylic resin as a main component, it is possible to maintain the "acrylic layer containing an acrylic resin as a main component" within a range not exceeding the content of the acrylic resin according to the present invention. Further, other thermoplastic resins may be further included within the range not impairing the effects of the object of the present invention.

作為熱塑性樹脂,以具有玻璃轉移溫度為100℃以上、全光線透過率為85%以上之性能者,在與本發明相關的丙烯酸樹脂混合並使成為薄膜狀之際,就提昇耐熱性或機械強度之點為較佳。 The thermoplastic resin has a glass transition temperature of 100 ° C or higher and a total light transmittance of 85% or more. When the acrylic resin according to the present invention is mixed and brought into a film form, heat resistance or mechanical strength is improved. The point is preferred.

作為上述其他的熱塑性樹脂,列舉例如聚乙烯、聚丙烯、乙烯-丙烯共聚物、聚(4-甲基-1-戊烯)等的烯烴系聚合物;聚苯乙烯、苯乙烯-甲基丙烯酸甲酯共聚物、苯乙烯-丙烯腈共聚物、丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯嵌段共聚物等的苯乙烯系聚合物;調配有聚丁二烯系橡膠、丙烯酸系橡膠的ABS樹脂(丙烯腈-丁二烯-苯乙烯樹脂)或ASA樹脂(丙烯腈-苯乙烯-丙烯酸酯樹脂)等的橡膠質聚合物等。橡膠質聚合物,較佳於表面具有可與環聚合物相溶的組成的接枝部,又,橡膠質聚合物之平均粒徑,就使成為薄膜狀之際之透明性提昇之觀點而言,較佳為100nm以下,更佳為70nm以下。 Examples of the other thermoplastic resin include olefin-based polymers such as polyethylene, polypropylene, ethylene-propylene copolymer, and poly(4-methyl-1-pentene); polystyrene and styrene-methacrylic acid; a styrene polymer such as a methyl ester copolymer, a styrene-acrylonitrile copolymer, or an acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene block copolymer; and an ABS resin prepared with a polybutadiene rubber or an acrylic rubber ( A rubbery polymer such as acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene resin or ASA resin (acrylonitrile-styrene-acrylate resin). The rubbery polymer preferably has a graft portion having a composition compatible with the cyclic polymer on the surface, and the average particle diameter of the rubbery polymer is improved from the viewpoint of improving the transparency at the time of film formation. It is preferably 100 nm or less, more preferably 70 nm or less.

作為其他的熱塑性樹脂,以使用與丙烯酸樹 脂為熱力學性相溶的樹脂為佳。作為如此般的其他的熱塑性樹脂,較佳列舉例如具有氰化乙烯基系單體單位與芳香族乙烯基系單體單位的丙烯腈-苯乙烯系共聚物或聚氯乙烯樹脂等。該等之中,又以丙烯腈-苯乙烯系共聚物,由於容易得到玻璃轉移溫度為120℃以上、面方向的每100μm的相位差為未滿10nm、全光線透過率為85%以上的光學薄膜,故較佳。 Used as other thermoplastic resins to use with acrylic trees The resin is preferably a thermodynamically compatible resin. As such other thermoplastic resin, for example, an acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer or a polyvinyl chloride resin having a vinyl cyanide monomer unit and an aromatic vinyl monomer unit is preferable. Among these, the acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer is easy to obtain an optical fiber having a glass transition temperature of 120 ° C or higher, a phase difference of 100 μm in the plane direction of less than 10 nm, and a total light transmittance of 85% or more. A film is preferred.

作為丙烯腈-苯乙烯系共聚物,具體而言,適 合使用該共聚合比以莫耳單位為1:10~10:1之範圍者。 As an acrylonitrile-styrene copolymer, specifically, suitable The copolymerization ratio is in the range of 1:10 to 10:1 in terms of molar units.

以此目的而可使用的丙烯酸樹脂之組成,較 佳為包含脂肪族的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體、具有芳香族環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體或具有環己基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體。 The composition of the acrylic resin that can be used for this purpose is It is preferable to contain an aliphatic (meth) acrylate monomer, a (meth) acrylate monomer having an aromatic ring, or a (meth) acrylate monomer having a cyclohexyl group.

該等成分之構成質量比率,較佳為丙烯酸樹 脂中的40~100質量%,更佳為60~100質量%,最佳為70~100質量%。 The constituent mass ratio of the components is preferably an acrylic tree 40 to 100% by mass in the fat, more preferably 60 to 100% by mass, most preferably 70 to 100% by mass.

作為脂肪族的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體,可列 舉例如丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯、丙烯酸(i-、n-)丙酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-、s-、t-)丁酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-、s-)戊酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-)己酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-)庚酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-)辛酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-)壬酯、丙烯酸(n-、i-)十四烷基酯、丙烯酸(2-乙基己基)酯、丙烯酸(ε-己內酯)、丙烯酸(2-羥基乙基)酯、丙烯酸(2- 羥基丙基)酯、丙烯酸(3-羥基丙基)酯、丙烯酸(4-羥基丁基)酯、丙烯酸(2-羥基丁基)酯、丙烯酸(2-甲氧基乙基)酯、丙烯酸(2-乙氧基乙基)酯等、或將上述丙烯酸酯變更為甲基丙烯酸酯者。之中較佳為甲基丙烯酸甲酯、甲基丙烯酸乙酯、甲基丙烯酸(i-、n-)丙酯、甲基丙烯酸(n-、i-、s-、t-)丁酯、丙烯酸甲酯、丙烯酸乙酯。 As an aliphatic (meth) acrylate monomer, it can be listed For example, methyl acrylate, ethyl acrylate, (i-, n-) propyl acrylate, butyl (n-, i-, s-, t-) acrylate, acrylic acid (n-, i-, s-) pentane Ester, (n-, i-) hexyl acrylate, (n-, i-) heptyl acrylate, (n-, i-) octyl acrylate, (n-, i-) decyl acrylate, acrylic acid (n- , i-) tetradecyl ester, (2-ethylhexyl) acrylate, acrylic acid (ε-caprolactone), (2-hydroxyethyl) acrylate, acrylic acid (2- Hydroxypropyl) ester, (3-hydroxypropyl) acrylate, (4-hydroxybutyl) acrylate, (2-hydroxybutyl) acrylate, (2-methoxyethyl) acrylate, acrylic acid ( 2-ethoxyethyl) ester or the like, or the above acrylate is changed to methacrylate. Preferred among them are methyl methacrylate, ethyl methacrylate, (i-, n-) propyl methacrylate, butyl methacrylate (n-, i-, s-, t-), acrylic acid Methyl ester, ethyl acrylate.

作為具有芳香族環的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單 體,可使用例如丙烯酸苄酯、甲基丙烯酸苄酯、丙烯酸苯乙酯、甲基丙烯酸苯乙酯等。 As a (meth) acrylate single with an aromatic ring As the body, for example, benzyl acrylate, benzyl methacrylate, phenylethyl acrylate, phenylethyl methacrylate or the like can be used.

作為具有環己基的(甲基)丙烯酸酯單體, 可使用例如丙烯酸環己酯及甲基丙烯酸環己酯等。 As a (meth) acrylate monomer having a cyclohexyl group, For example, cyclohexyl acrylate and cyclohexyl methacrylate can be used.

除了上述單體以外,作為可進而共聚合之成 分,舉例如丙烯酸、甲基丙烯酸等的α,β-不飽和酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、伊康酸等的含不飽和基之二價羧酸、苯乙烯、α-甲基苯乙烯等的芳香族乙烯基化合物、丙烯腈、甲基丙烯腈等的α,β-不飽和腈、馬來酸酐、馬來醯亞胺、N-取代馬來醯亞胺、戊二酸酐等,該等可單獨使用或是併用2種以上之單體來作為共聚合成分使用。 In addition to the above monomers, as a further copolymerizable For example, an unsaturated group-containing divalent carboxylic acid such as α,β-unsaturated acid such as acrylic acid or methacrylic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid or itaconic acid, styrene or α-methylbenzene An aromatic vinyl compound such as ethylene, an α,β-unsaturated nitrile such as acrylonitrile or methacrylonitrile, maleic anhydride, maleimide, N-substituted maleimide, glutaric anhydride, or the like. These may be used singly or in combination of two or more kinds of monomers as a copolymerization component.

為了合成丙烯酸樹脂,以通常的聚合時,分 子量之控制為困難。作為如此般低分子量的聚合物之聚合方法,可舉例如:使用如異丙苯過氧化氫或過氧化t-丁基氫般的過氧化物聚合起始劑的方法;較通常的聚合使用多量的聚合起始劑的方法;除了聚合起始劑以外,使用巰基 化合物或四氯化碳等的鏈轉移劑的方法;除了聚合起始劑以外,使用如苯醌或二硝基苯般的聚合終止劑的方法;更,如日本特開2000-128911號或日本特開2000-344823號公報之具有一個硫醇基及2級羥基的化合物,或使用併用有該化合物及有機金屬化合物的聚合觸媒來進行塊狀聚合的方法等,於本發明中皆為較佳使用者,但特佳為該公報中記載之方法。 In order to synthesize an acrylic resin, in the usual polymerization, The control of the sub-quantity is difficult. As a polymerization method of such a low molecular weight polymer, for example, a method of using a peroxide polymerization initiator such as cumene hydroperoxide or t-butyl hydrogen peroxide; a larger amount than usual polymerization a method of polymerizing a starter; using a thiol group in addition to a polymerization initiator a method of a chain transfer agent such as a compound or carbon tetrachloride; a method of using a polymerization terminator such as benzoquinone or dinitrobenzene in addition to a polymerization initiator; and, for example, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2000-128911 or Japan JP-A-2000-344823 discloses a compound having a thiol group and a hydroxy group, or a method in which a block polymerization is carried out using a polymerization catalyst having the compound and an organometallic compound, and the like. Good user, but especially the method described in this bulletin.

[橡膠粒子] [Rubber particles]

當本發明相關的保護薄膜A為以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分時,該保護薄膜A較佳為含有橡膠粒子。作為可適用於本發明的橡膠粒子未特別限制,但較佳為丙烯酸系橡膠粒子。作為丙烯酸系橡膠粒子,將以丙烯酸丁酯或丙烯酸2-乙基己酯般的丙烯酸烷基酯作為主成分的丙烯酸系單體,在多官能單體之存在下聚合而得到的具有橡膠彈性的粒子。 When the protective film A according to the present invention has an acrylic resin as a main component, the protective film A preferably contains rubber particles. The rubber particles which can be suitably used in the present invention are not particularly limited, but are preferably acrylic rubber particles. As the acrylic rubber particles, an acrylic monomer containing butyl acrylate or an alkyl acrylate such as 2-ethylhexyl acrylate as a main component is polymerized in the presence of a polyfunctional monomer to have rubber elasticity. particle.

丙烯酸系橡膠粒子可為由如此般具有橡膠彈 性之粒子以單層所形成者,亦可為具有至少1層橡膠彈性層之多層構造體。作為多層構造之丙烯酸系橡膠粒子,可舉例如:以上述之具有橡膠彈性之粒子作為核,且將其周圍以硬質之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯系聚合物被覆者;以硬質之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯系聚合物作為核,且將其周圍以上述之具有橡膠彈性的丙烯酸系聚合物被覆者;或是將硬質之核的周圍以橡膠彈性之丙烯酸系聚合物被覆,更進一步將其 周圍以硬質之甲基丙烯酸烷基酯系聚合物被覆者等。如此的橡膠粒子,以彈性層形成之粒子之平均直徑通常為位於50~400nm左右的範圍。 Acrylic rubber particles can be made of rubber bombs like this The particles of the nature may be formed of a single layer, or may be a multilayer structure having at least one rubber elastic layer. The acrylic rubber particles having a multilayer structure include, for example, a rubber-elastic particle as a core and a hard methacrylic acid alkyl ester polymer coating thereon; and a hard methacrylic acid alkane; The base ester-based polymer is used as a core, and the periphery thereof is coated with the above-mentioned rubber-elastic acrylic polymer; or the periphery of the hard core is coated with a rubber-elastic acrylic polymer, and further The periphery is covered with a hard alkyl methacrylate polymer. In such rubber particles, the average diameter of the particles formed of the elastic layer is usually in the range of about 50 to 400 nm.

作為本發明相關的保護薄膜A中的橡膠粒子 之含有量,相對於丙烯酸樹脂每100質量份,通常為5~50質量份之範圍內。丙烯酸系樹脂及丙烯酸系橡膠粒子為以混合該等之狀態而市售,故可使用該市售品。作為調配有丙烯酸系橡膠粒子之(甲基)丙烯酸系樹脂的市售品之例,可舉例如以往由Sumitomo chemical-Haas(有)所販賣的OROGRLAS DR、現在由住友化學(股)所販賣的HT 55X或Technolloy S001等。 Rubber particles in the protective film A related to the present invention The content is usually in the range of 5 to 50 parts by mass per 100 parts by mass of the acrylic resin. Since the acrylic resin and the acrylic rubber particles are commercially available in a state of being mixed, the commercially available product can be used. An example of a commercially available product of a (meth)acrylic resin in which acrylic rubber particles are blended is, for example, OROGRLAS DR which is conventionally sold by Sumitomo Chemical-Haas (now), and is now sold by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd. HT 55X or Technolloy S001, etc.

[聚酯] [Polyester]

關於保護薄膜A之構成成分的其他候選的聚酯,該具體構成未特別限制。 The specific constitution of the other candidate polyester which protects the constituent components of the film A is not particularly limited.

作為構成聚酯薄膜的聚酯,可使用聚對苯二 甲酸乙二酯或聚萘二甲酸乙二酯,但包含其他的共聚合成分亦無妨。該等樹脂為透明性優異之同時,熱學性、機械性特性亦為優異,可藉由延伸加工而容易控制遲滯。特別是,聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯之固有雙折射為大,即使薄膜厚度為薄亦可相對容易地得到大的遲滯,故為最合適的素材。 As the polyester constituting the polyester film, polyparaphenylene can be used. Ethylene formate or polyethylene naphthalate, but other copolymerization components may also be included. These resins are excellent in transparency and excellent in thermal properties and mechanical properties, and can easily control hysteresis by stretching processing. In particular, polyethylene terephthalate has a large intrinsic birefringence, and even if the film thickness is thin, it is relatively easy to obtain a large hysteresis, so it is the most suitable material.

尚,本發明中,保護薄膜A之遲滯值,可測 定雙軸方向之折射率及厚度而求得,亦可使用稱為 KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器(股))的市售自動雙折射測定裝置而求得。 Further, in the present invention, the hysteresis value of the protective film A can be measured Determine the refractive index and thickness of the biaxial direction, or use it A commercially available automatic birefringence measuring device of KOBRA-21ADH (Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) was obtained.

以聚酯作為主成分的保護薄膜A,可依循一 般的聚酯薄膜之製造方法來製造。可列舉例如,熔融聚酯樹脂並擠出成為薄片狀,以在所成形的無配向聚酯的玻璃轉移溫度以上之溫度下,利用輥之速度差於縱方向延伸後,藉由拉幅於橫方向延伸,並施予熱處理之方法。 Protective film A with polyester as its main component, can follow one A general method for producing a polyester film is produced. For example, the molten polyester resin is extruded into a sheet shape, and is stretched in the longitudinal direction by the speed difference of the roll at a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature of the formed unaligned polyester. The direction is extended and the heat treatment is applied.

本發明之聚酯薄膜可為單軸延伸薄膜,亦可 為雙軸延伸薄膜,當使用雙軸延伸薄膜作為偏光子保護薄膜時,即使是從薄膜面的正上方來觀察也看不到彩虹狀的色斑,但由於從斜向觀察時會有觀察到彩虹狀的色斑之情形,故必須注意。此現象之原因,係由於雙軸延伸薄膜由在行進方向、寬度方向、厚度方向具有不同折射率的折射率橢圓體所形成,因而根據在薄膜內部的光的透過方向,存在著遲滯為零(折射率橢圓體看起來為正圓)的方向。 因此,從斜向的特定方向來觀察液晶顯示畫面時,會有產生遲滯為零之點之情形,而以該點為中心呈同心圓狀產生彩虹狀的色斑。然後,將從薄膜面的正上方(法線方向)至能看到彩虹狀的色斑為止的位置的角度設為θ時,薄膜面內的雙折射越大,則該角度θ越大,彩虹狀的色斑會變得越難以看到。雙軸延伸薄膜時,由於角度θ有變小之傾向,故單軸延伸薄膜會變得難以看到彩虹狀的色斑,故較佳。 The polyester film of the present invention may be a uniaxially stretched film or a biaxially stretched film. When a biaxially stretched film is used as the polarizer protective film, no rainbow is observed even when viewed from directly above the film face. The color spots, but it is necessary to pay attention to the fact that rainbow-like spots are observed when viewed from an oblique direction. The reason for this phenomenon is that since the biaxially stretched film is formed of a refractive index ellipsoid having a different refractive index in the traveling direction, the width direction, and the thickness direction, there is a hysteresis of zero according to the light transmission direction inside the film ( The direction in which the refractive index ellipsoid appears to be a perfect circle. Therefore, when the liquid crystal display screen is viewed from a specific direction in the oblique direction, there is a case where the hysteresis is zero, and a rainbow-like color spot is formed concentrically around the point. Then, when the angle from the position directly above the film surface (the normal direction) to the position where the rainbow-like color spot can be seen is θ , the larger the angle of the birefringence in the film surface, the larger the angle θ , the rainbow The more visible spots will become harder to see. In the biaxially stretched film, since the angle θ tends to be small, it is preferable that the uniaxially stretched film becomes difficult to see a rainbow-like color spot.

[保護薄膜A的較佳物性] [Preferred physical properties of protective film A]

又,以抑制碘色素等的光學機能性色素之劣化為目的,保護薄膜A中,對於具有380nm波長的光之光線透過率較佳為20%以下。該光線透過率又較佳為15%以下,更佳為10%以下,特佳為5%以下。前述光線透過率只要是20%以下,可抑制因紫外線所造成的光學機能性色素之變質。尚,本發明中的透過率,係對於薄膜之平面以垂直方法測定者,可使用分光光度計(例如,日立U-3500型)來測定。 In the protective film A, the light transmittance of light having a wavelength of 380 nm is preferably 20% or less for the purpose of suppressing deterioration of an optical functional dye such as an iodine dye. The light transmittance is preferably 15% or less, more preferably 10% or less, and particularly preferably 5% or less. When the light transmittance is 20% or less, deterioration of the optical functional pigment due to ultraviolet rays can be suppressed. Further, the transmittance in the present invention is measured by a vertical method for the plane of the film, and can be measured using a spectrophotometer (for example, Hitachi U-3500 type).

在此,為了使保護薄膜A的上述光線透過率 成為20%以下,以適當調節紫外線吸收劑之種類、濃度、及薄膜之厚度為宜。在本發明所使用的紫外線吸收劑為習知的物質。作為紫外線吸收劑,舉例如有機系紫外線吸收劑及無機系紫外線吸收劑,就透明性之觀點而言,較佳為有機系紫外線吸收劑。當併用2種以上的紫外線吸收劑時,可使同時吸收分別波長的紫外線,因而可更改善紫外線之吸收效果。 Here, in order to make the above light transmittance of the protective film A It is preferably 20% or less, and it is preferable to appropriately adjust the type, concentration, and thickness of the ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber used in the present invention is a conventional one. The ultraviolet absorber is, for example, an organic ultraviolet absorber and an inorganic ultraviolet absorber, and is preferably an organic ultraviolet absorber from the viewpoint of transparency. When two or more types of ultraviolet absorbers are used in combination, ultraviolet rays of respective wavelengths can be simultaneously absorbed, so that the ultraviolet absorption effect can be further improved.

尚,紫外線吸收劑之中,分子量為400以上 的紫外線吸收劑,由於不易昇華、或是高沸點而不易揮發,且即使是薄膜的高溫乾燥時亦不易飛散,就能以相對少量之添加而有效地改良耐候性之觀點而言為較佳。 Still, among the ultraviolet absorbers, the molecular weight is 400 or more. The ultraviolet absorber is not easily volatilized because it is difficult to sublimate or has a high boiling point, and is not easily scattered even when the film is dried at a high temperature, and is preferable from the viewpoint of effectively improving the weather resistance with a relatively small amount of addition.

作為分子量為400以上的紫外線吸收劑,列 舉例如2-[2-羥基-3,5-雙(α,α-二甲基苄基)苯基]-2-苯并三唑、2,2-亞甲基雙[4-(1,1,3,3-四丁基)-6-(2H-苯并 三唑-2-基)酚]等的苯并三唑系、雙(2,2,6,6-四甲基-4-哌啶基)癸二酸酯、雙(1,2,2,6,6-五甲基-4-哌啶基)癸二酸酯等的受阻胺系,可併用2種以上使用。 As a UV absorber having a molecular weight of 400 or more, For example, 2-[2-hydroxy-3,5-bis(α,α-dimethylbenzyl)phenyl]-2-benzotriazole, 2,2-methylenebis[4-(1, 1,3,3-tetrabutyl)-6-(2H-benzo a benzotriazole system such as triazol-2-yl)phenol, bis(2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-4-piperidyl)sebacate, bis(1,2,2, A hindered amine system such as 6,6-pentamethyl-4-piperidinyl sebacate may be used in combination of two or more kinds.

作為該等紫外線吸收劑,可使用市售品,較 佳可使用例如BASF Japan公司製的Tinuvin 109、Tinuvin 171、Tinuvin 234、Tinuvin 326、Tinuvin 327、Tinuvin 328、Tinuvin 928等的Tinuvin系列。 As such ultraviolet absorbers, commercially available products can be used. For example, Tinuvin series of Tinuvin 109, Tinuvin 171, Tinuvin 234, Tinuvin 326, Tinuvin 327, Tinuvin 328, Tinuvin 928, etc., manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd. can be used.

上述紫外線吸收劑可單獨使用1種、或組合2 種以上使用。 The above ultraviolet absorber may be used alone or in combination 2 More than one kind.

更,為了使與偏光子之接著性成為良好,亦 可對於保護薄膜A施予電暈處理、塗布處理或火焰處理等。 Moreover, in order to make the adhesion to the polarizer good, The protective film A can be subjected to corona treatment, coating treatment, flame treatment, or the like.

尚,保護薄膜A之膜厚未特別限制,較佳為 40~100μm,又較佳為55~80μm。當保護薄膜A之膜厚為如此般範圍內之值時,特別是就抑制熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕耐久性試驗後的面板之翹曲(捲曲)之觀點而言為較佳。又,特別是保護薄膜A為以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分時,就所謂的可更確實抑制伴隨於僅少許水分之透過保護薄膜A所導致的漏光的產生之點而言,亦較佳為上述膜厚之規定。 Further, the film thickness of the protective film A is not particularly limited, and is preferably 40 to 100 μm, preferably 55 to 80 μm. When the film thickness of the protective film A is within such a range, it is particularly preferable from the viewpoint of suppressing the warpage (curl) of the panel after the thermal shock durability test or the high-temperature high-humidity durability test. Further, in particular, when the protective film A is made of an acrylic resin as a main component, it is preferable to suppress the occurrence of light leakage due to the transmission of the protective film A with only a small amount of water. Thick rules.

保護薄膜A的MD方向的拉伸彈性率(23℃ 55%RH)與TD方向的拉伸彈性率(23℃ 55%RH)之差之絕對值,較佳為500MPa以下,又較佳為300MPa以下,更佳為200MPa以下。藉由設為如此般的構成,可在保護 薄膜A的MD方向與TD方向取得拉伸彈性率為相近之值,而具有所謂的不易產生捲曲之優點。又,本發明為使用具有指定平均乙醯基取代度的纖維素乙酸酯來作為保護薄膜B的主成分,作為與具有如此般構成的保護薄膜B為相對向的保護薄膜A,如上述般地,所謂的使拉伸彈性率於MD方向與TD方向具有相近之值之形態,就所謂的確實抑制捲曲之產生之觀點而言,可稱為較佳。尚,關於保護薄膜A的拉伸彈性率之絕對值未特別限制,但保護薄膜A為以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分時,MD方向的拉伸彈性率較佳為1500~4000MPa,又較佳為2000~3000MPa。又,TD方向的拉伸彈性率較佳為1500~5000MPa,又較佳為2000~4000MPa。另一方面,保護薄膜A為以聚酯作為主成分時,MD方向的拉伸彈性率較佳為3000~8000MPa,又較佳為5000~7500MPa。又,TD方向的拉伸彈性率較佳為1500~8000MPa,又較佳為2000~7000MPa。尚,作為保護薄膜A的拉伸彈性率之值,係藉由後述的實施例之欄中所記載的測定方法,並採用所測定之值定義之。 Tensile modulus of the protective film A in the MD direction (23 ° C The absolute value of the difference between the tensile elastic modulus (23 ° C and 55% RH) of 55% RH) and the TD direction is preferably 500 MPa or less, more preferably 300 MPa or less, still more preferably 200 MPa or less. By being configured in such a way, it is possible to protect The MD direction of the film A and the TD direction take a value close to the tensile modulus, and have the advantage that it is not easy to cause curling. Further, in the present invention, cellulose acetate having a specified average acetylation degree of substitution is used as a main component of the protective film B, and as a protective film A opposed to the protective film B having such a configuration, as described above. In the case where the tensile modulus of elasticity has a value close to the TD direction in the MD direction, it is preferable to say that the occurrence of curl is surely suppressed. In addition, the absolute value of the tensile modulus of the protective film A is not particularly limited. However, when the protective film A has an acrylic resin as a main component, the tensile modulus in the MD direction is preferably 1,500 to 4,000 MPa, and more preferably 2,000. ~3000MPa. Further, the tensile modulus in the TD direction is preferably from 1,500 to 5,000 MPa, and more preferably from 2,000 to 4,000 MPa. On the other hand, when the protective film A is made of polyester as a main component, the tensile modulus in the MD direction is preferably from 3,000 to 8,000 MPa, and more preferably from 5,000 to 7,500 MPa. Further, the tensile modulus in the TD direction is preferably 1,500 to 8,000 MPa, and more preferably 2,000 to 7,000 MPa. In addition, the value of the tensile modulus of the protective film A is defined by the measurement method described in the column of the examples to be described later, using the measured values.

更,將保護薄膜A於高溫高濕條件(80℃ 90%RH之條件)下靜置24小時,此時的霧度值之變化(上昇部分)較佳為0.5以下。如此般條件下的霧度值之變化(上昇),係依附存在於薄膜內的微小異物,當薄膜內包含多數該微小異物時,於高溫條件及/或高濕度條件下放置時,在異物與聚合物之間會產生裂紋(裂縫),該裂紋會以作為霧度之變化而顯著化。又,此霧度之變化為 大的薄膜時,起因於裂紋之產生而薄膜的強度均衡會變差,偏光板的均衡會惡化,而造成面板之翹曲(捲曲)。 亦即,上述規定可稱為,對於以單純的霧度測定之絕對值而言為無法觀測到的「高溫高濕條件的耐久性」之評價。 尚,作為保護薄膜A的霧度(及該變化(上昇部分))之值,係藉由後述的實施例之欄中所記載的測定方法,並採用所測定之值定義之。 Furthermore, the protective film A is subjected to high temperature and high humidity conditions (80 ° C). The condition of 90% RH was allowed to stand for 24 hours, and the change in haze value (rise portion) at this time was preferably 0.5 or less. The change (rise) of the haze value under such conditions is dependent on the tiny foreign matter present in the film. When the film contains most of the micro foreign matter, when placed under high temperature conditions and/or high humidity conditions, the foreign matter is Cracks (cracks) are generated between the polymers, and the cracks are marked as a change in haze. Again, the change in haze is In the case of a large film, the balance of the strength of the film is deteriorated due to the occurrence of cracks, and the balance of the polarizing plate is deteriorated, causing warpage (curl) of the panel. In other words, the above-mentioned regulation can be said to be an evaluation of the "durability of high-temperature and high-humidity conditions" which cannot be observed with respect to the absolute value measured by the simple haze. The value of the haze (and the change (rising portion)) of the protective film A is defined by the measurement method described in the column of the examples to be described later, using the measured values.

為了得到具有較佳構成(即所謂的如上述般 的拉伸彈性率的MD-TD之關係、或於高溫高濕條件下的霧度值之變化)的保護薄膜A,較佳將薄膜的製膜原料(即丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯)以熔融的狀態下來進行過濾處理。藉由施予如此般的處理,可去除原料樹脂中所包含的高分子成分(塊狀物),並可使原料樹脂的分子量分布成為更銳狀(sharp)者。尚,關於過濾處理的具體手段未特別限制,只要使用以往習知的不銹鋼燒結體等的濾材來進行過濾處理即可。在此,濾材的過濾粒子尺寸(初期過濾效率95%)較佳為25μm以下,又較佳為10μm以下。 In order to get a better composition (so-called as above) The protective film A of the MD-TD of the tensile modulus or the change of the haze value under high temperature and high humidity conditions, preferably the film forming material (ie, acrylic resin or polyester) of the film is melted. The state is filtered. By applying such a treatment, the polymer component (block) contained in the raw material resin can be removed, and the molecular weight distribution of the raw material resin can be made sharper. In addition, the specific means of the filtration treatment is not particularly limited, and the filtration treatment may be carried out by using a filter medium such as a conventional stainless steel sintered body. Here, the filter particle size (initial filtration efficiency: 95%) of the filter medium is preferably 25 μm or less, and more preferably 10 μm or less.

之後,將已施予過濾處理的原料樹脂,因應 所需地與紫外線吸收劑等的添加劑混合並投入至擠出機,再藉由:熔融、以T型模具擠出、使密著於冷卻輥,而得到未延伸薄片。未延伸薄片,因應所需地在具有速度差的輥間延伸(輥延伸),而於MD方向延伸,進而,因應所需地藉由:以把持於鉗夾(clip)並擴展的延伸(拉幅延 伸)、或以空氣壓而擴展的延伸(充氣延伸)等,亦於TD方向延伸,最終為以雙軸配向處理。 After that, the raw material resin that has been subjected to the filtration treatment is reacted It is required to be mixed with an additive such as an ultraviolet absorber and put into an extruder, and then melted, extruded in a T-die, and adhered to a cooling roll to obtain an unstretched sheet. The unstretched sheet extends in the MD direction in response to the desired extension between the rolls having the speed difference (roll extension), and further, by the need to hold the clip and extend the extension (pull) Width extension Stretching, or extension (inflated extension) extended by air pressure, etc., also extends in the TD direction, and finally is treated in a biaxial alignment.

在此,首先,進行第一段的縱延伸步驟時, 在周速為相異的2條或多數條的輥間延伸。此時的延伸倍率(縱延伸倍率),當以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分之情形並添加橡膠粒子時,較佳為1.00~1.20倍,又較佳為1.01~1.10倍,特佳為1.01~1.05倍。未添加橡膠粒子時,較佳為1.10~1.60倍,又較佳為1.15~1.40倍,特佳為1.2~1.35倍。又,以聚酯作為主成分之情形,較佳為2~5倍,又較佳為3~5倍,特佳為3~4倍。作為此時的加熱手段,可使用加熱輥的方法,亦可使用非接觸的加熱方法的方法,亦可併用該等。之中,作為最佳的延伸方法,舉例如併用輥加熱及非接觸加熱的方法。此情形時,首先將薄膜預備加熱至所謂的120~150℃的相對高溫,此係就所謂的提高保護薄膜A的彈性率之觀點而言為重要。之後,以藉由紅外線加熱器來加熱,可導入至後述的橫延伸步驟。 尚,此預備加熱之重要性,即使是首先實施橫延伸步驟,接下來再實施縱延伸步驟之情形,亦相同地適用。尚,縱延伸步驟的延伸溫度,較佳為90~180℃,又較佳為100~180℃。 Here, first, when performing the longitudinal extension step of the first segment, It extends between two or more rolls of different circumferential speeds. The stretching ratio (longitudinal stretching ratio) at this time is preferably 1.00 to 1.20 times, more preferably 1.01 to 1.10 times, and particularly preferably 1.01 to 1.05 times when rubber particles are used as a main component and rubber particles are added. . When rubber particles are not added, it is preferably 1.10 to 1.60 times, more preferably 1.15 to 1.40 times, and particularly preferably 1.2 to 1.35 times. Further, in the case where polyester is used as the main component, it is preferably 2 to 5 times, more preferably 3 to 5 times, and particularly preferably 3 to 4 times. As the heating means at this time, a method of heating a roll or a method of a non-contact heating method may be used, or these may be used in combination. Among them, as an optimum stretching method, for example, a method in which roll heating and non-contact heating are used in combination. In this case, the film is first prepared to be heated to a so-called relatively high temperature of 120 to 150 ° C, which is important from the viewpoint of increasing the modulus of elasticity of the protective film A. Thereafter, the film is heated by an infrared heater to be introduced into a lateral stretching step to be described later. Further, the importance of this preliminary heating is equally applicable even in the case where the lateral stretching step is first performed and then the vertical stretching step is carried out. Further, the extension temperature of the longitudinal stretching step is preferably from 90 to 180 ° C, more preferably from 100 to 180 ° C.

接著,將如此般操作所得到的單軸延伸薄膜 導入至拉幅,可因應所需地於寬度方向延伸。此時的延伸倍率(橫延伸倍率),以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分之情形,較佳為1.00~1.20倍,又較佳為1.01~1.10倍,特佳為 1.01~1.05倍。未添加橡膠粒子時,較佳為1.00~1.50倍,又較佳為1.05~1.40倍,特佳為1.1~1.2倍。又,以聚酯作為主成分之情形,較佳為1~5倍,又較佳為2~5倍,更佳為2~4倍,特佳為3~4倍。又,橫延伸步驟的延伸溫度,較佳為90~180℃,又較佳為100~150℃。對於如此般操作所得到的雙軸延伸薄膜,因應所需地施予熱處理。熱處理較佳在拉幅中來進行,以原料樹脂之熔點Tm-50℃~Tm之範圍來進行為佳。 Next, the uniaxially stretched film obtained in such a manner It is introduced into the tenter and can be extended in the width direction as needed. In the case of the acrylic resin as a main component, the stretching ratio (transverse stretching ratio) at this time is preferably 1.00 to 1.20 times, more preferably 1.01 to 1.10 times, and particularly preferably 1.01~1.05 times. When rubber particles are not added, it is preferably 1.00 to 1.50 times, more preferably 1.05 to 1.40 times, and particularly preferably 1.1 to 1.2 times. Further, in the case where polyester is used as the main component, it is preferably 1 to 5 times, more preferably 2 to 5 times, more preferably 2 to 4 times, and particularly preferably 3 to 4 times. Further, the stretching temperature of the lateral stretching step is preferably from 90 to 180 ° C, more preferably from 100 to 150 ° C. For the biaxially stretched film obtained in such a manner, heat treatment is applied as needed. The heat treatment is preferably carried out in the tentering, and it is preferably carried out in the range of the melting point of the raw material resin of from Tm to 50 ° C to Tm.

作為將紫外線吸收劑調配至保護薄膜A的方 法,可採用組合習知的方法,可藉由例如,事先使用混練擠出機來將已乾燥的紫外線吸收劑與聚合物原料摻合,以製作母料(masterbatch)放置,於薄膜製膜時混合指定的該母料及聚合物原料的方法等來進行調配。 As a method of blending the ultraviolet absorber to the protective film A The method can be carried out by a combination of conventional methods, and the dried ultraviolet absorber can be blended with the polymer raw material by, for example, a kneading extruder in advance to prepare a masterbatch for film formation. The method of mixing the specified master batch and the polymer raw material is carried out.

此時,母料的紫外線吸收劑濃度,以紫外線 吸收劑為均勻分散且經濟性地調配,較佳使成為5~30質量%之濃度。作為製作母料的條件,較佳使用混練擠出機,擠出溫度以聚酯原料之熔點以上、290℃以下的溫度來擠出1~15分鐘。290℃以上時,紫外線吸收劑的減量為大,又,母料的黏度降低會變大。擠出溫度為熔點-50℃以下時,紫外線吸收劑的均勻混合會變得困難。此時,因應所需亦可添加安定劑、色調調整劑、抗靜電劑。 At this time, the concentration of the ultraviolet absorber of the masterbatch is ultraviolet The absorbent is uniformly dispersed and economically formulated, and preferably has a concentration of 5 to 30% by mass. As a condition for preparing the master batch, a kneading extruder is preferably used, and the extrusion temperature is extruded at a temperature equal to or higher than the melting point of the polyester raw material and at a temperature of 290 ° C or lower for 1 to 15 minutes. When the temperature is above 290 ° C, the amount of reduction of the ultraviolet absorber is large, and the viscosity of the master batch is lowered. When the extrusion temperature is a melting point of -50 ° C or less, uniform mixing of the ultraviolet absorber becomes difficult. At this time, a stabilizer, a color tone adjuster, and an antistatic agent may be added as needed.

亦可使保護薄膜A成為至少3層以上的多層 構造,並於薄膜的中間層添加紫外線吸收劑。於中間層為包含紫外線吸收劑的3層構造的薄膜,具體而言可如下述 般來製作。將作為外層用的原料樹脂的顆粒單獨,將作為中間層用的含有紫外線吸收劑的母料及原料樹脂的顆粒,以指定比例混合並乾燥後,供給至習知的熔融層合用擠出機,由狹縫狀的模具擠出成為薄片狀,在澆鑄輥上冷卻固化來製作未延伸薄膜。亦即,可使用2台以上的擠出機、3層的分歧管或匯流區塊(例如,具有方形匯流部的匯流區塊),來層合構成兩外層的薄膜層及構成中間層的薄膜層,由金屬嘴擠出3層的薄片,在澆鑄輥冷卻而製作未延伸薄膜。 The protective film A can also be made into a multilayer of at least three layers or more. The structure is such that an ultraviolet absorber is added to the intermediate layer of the film. The intermediate layer is a three-layer structure film containing a UV absorber, specifically, the following Make it all. The pellets of the raw material resin for the outer layer are separately mixed with the masterbatch containing the ultraviolet absorber and the raw material resin as the intermediate layer, and dried in a predetermined ratio, and then supplied to a conventional melt laminating extruder. The slit-shaped mold was extruded into a sheet shape, and cooled and solidified on a casting roll to produce an unstretched film. That is, a film layer constituting the two outer layers and a film constituting the intermediate layer may be laminated using two or more extruders, three-layer manifolds, or a bus bar (for example, a bus bar having a square bus portion). In the layer, a three-layered sheet was extruded from a metal nozzle and cooled by a casting roll to produce an unstretched film.

[保護薄膜B] [Protective film B]

保護薄膜B為以纖維素乙酸酯作為主成分的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜。作為該纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的具體形態,除了平均乙醯基取代度及光彈性係數為具有指定構成的形態以外,可適當參考以往習知的見解。 The protective film B is a cellulose acetate film containing cellulose acetate as a main component. As a specific form of the cellulose acetate film, in addition to the average acetyl group substitution degree and the photoelastic coefficient, which have a predetermined configuration, conventionally known knowledge can be appropriately referred to.

具體而言,使用於本發明相關的偏光板的保 護薄膜B,其主成分的纖維素乙酸酯,係以該平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7為特徵,更佳為平均乙醯基取代度為2.5~2.7。當纖維素乙酸酯之平均乙醯基取代度未滿2.1時,纖維素乙酸酯容易受水分之影響而分解,其結果,具有所謂的無法充分解決本發明課題之問題。又,當纖維素乙酸酯之平均乙醯基取代度超過2.7時,霧度及耐久性會劣化,仍無法充分解決本發明之課題。 Specifically, it is used in the protection of the polarizing plate related to the present invention. The protective film B, which is a cellulose acetate having a main component, is characterized by a degree of substitution of the average ethyl thiol group of 2.1 to 2.7, more preferably an average degree of substitution of an ethyl ketone group of 2.5 to 2.7. When the average degree of substitution of the cellulose acetate is less than 2.1, the cellulose acetate is easily decomposed by the influence of moisture, and as a result, there is a problem that the problem of the present invention cannot be sufficiently solved. Further, when the average degree of substitution of the cellulose acetate exceeds 2.7, the haze and durability are deteriorated, and the problem of the present invention cannot be sufficiently solved.

又,使用於本發明相關的偏光板的保護薄膜 B,構成其的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,係以該光彈性係數(23℃ 55%RH)的縱橫方向之差(由MD方向之值減去TD方向之值後的值之絕對值)為5.0以下為特徵,又較佳為3.0以下,更佳為2.5以下。本發明人發現,作為纖維素酯薄膜,藉由使用具有上述指定平均乙醯基取代度的纖維素乙酸酯,並將纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的光彈性係數的縱橫方向之差控制在如此般範圍內,在將如上述般的保護薄膜A配置於偏光子之一側之面而成的偏光板中,即使是熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕耐久性試驗之後,亦可將偏光板之面內端部的漏光、或因偏光板之捲曲所造成的面板之翹曲等問題之產生抑制於最小限度。尚,作為纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的光彈性係數之值,係藉由後述的實施例之欄中所記載的測定方法,並採用所測定之值定義之。 Further, a protective film for a polarizing plate related to the present invention B, the cellulose acetate film constituting the film is a difference between the longitudinal and lateral directions of the photoelastic coefficient (23 ° C 55% RH) (the absolute value of the value obtained by subtracting the value of the TD direction from the value of the MD direction) It is characterized by 5.0 or less, and is preferably 3.0 or less, more preferably 2.5 or less. The present inventors have found that as a cellulose ester film, by using cellulose acetate having the above-described specified average acetylation degree, the difference in the longitudinal and lateral directions of the photoelastic coefficient of the cellulose acetate film is controlled to be In the polarizing plate in which the protective film A as described above is disposed on one side of the polarizer, the polarizing plate can be used even after the thermal shock durability test or the high-temperature and high-humidity durability test. The occurrence of problems such as light leakage at the inner end portion of the surface or warpage of the panel due to curling of the polarizing plate is suppressed to a minimum. Further, the value of the photoelastic coefficient of the cellulose acetate film is defined by the measurement method described in the column of the examples to be described later, using the measured values.

(纖維素乙酸酯) (cellulose acetate)

使用於本發明相關的偏光板的保護薄膜B,其主成分的纖維素乙酸酯,係以該平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7為特徵,纖維素乙酸酯的乙醯基取代度,可藉由ASTM-D817-96中所規定的方法來測定。 The protective film B used in the polarizing plate according to the present invention, the cellulose acetate of which is the main component, is characterized by the degree of substitution of the average ethyl thiol group of 2.1 to 2.7, and the degree of substitution of the cellulose acetate. It can be determined by the method specified in ASTM-D817-96.

只要平均的乙醯基取代度為滿足上述規定, 為了得到所期望的光學特性,亦可混合取代度為相異的纖維素乙酸酯來使用。相異的纖維素乙酸酯的混合比未特別限定。 As long as the average degree of substitution of ethyl thiol is sufficient to meet the above requirements, In order to obtain desired optical characteristics, cellulose acetate having a different degree of substitution may be mixed and used. The mixing ratio of the different cellulose acetate is not particularly limited.

為了提高所得到的薄膜的機械性強度,纖維 素乙酸酯的數平均分子量較佳為4×104~3×105之範圍,又較佳為4.5×104~2×105之範圍,特佳為5×104~7×104之範圍。本說明書中,「重量平均分子量(Mw)」及「數平均分子量(Mn)」為使用凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)所測定之值。測定條件如同下述。 In order to increase the mechanical strength of the obtained film, the number average molecular weight of the cellulose acetate is preferably in the range of 4 × 10 4 to 3 × 10 5 , and more preferably in the range of 4.5 × 10 4 to 2 × 10 5 . , particularly preferably in the range of 5 × 10 4 ~ 7 × 10 4 . In the present specification, "weight average molecular weight (Mw)" and "number average molecular weight (Mn)" are values measured by gel permeation chromatography (GPC). The measurement conditions are as follows.

[化1] [Chemical 1]

(GPC測定條件) (GPC measurement conditions)

溶劑:二氯甲烷 Solvent: dichloromethane

管柱:Shodex K806、K805、K803G(昭和電工(股) Pipe column: Shodex K806, K805, K803G (Showa Denko)

製,以3支連接使用) System, used in 3 connections)

管柱溫度:25℃ Column temperature: 25 ° C

試樣濃度:0.1質量% Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass

檢測器:RI Model 504(GL SCIENCE公司製) Detector: RI Model 504 (manufactured by GL SCIENCE)

泵浦:L6000(日立製作所(股)製) Pump: L6000 (Hitachi Manufacturing Co., Ltd.)

流量:1.0ml/min Flow rate: 1.0ml/min

校正曲線:使用標準聚苯乙烯STK standard聚苯乙烯(東 Calibration curve: using standard polystyrene STK standard polystyrene (east

曹(股)製)Mw=1000000~500為止之13樣品所作出的 Cao (share) system) Mw=1000000~500 up to 13 samples made

校正曲線。13樣品幾乎等間隔使用。 Calibration curve. 13 samples were used at almost equal intervals.

纖維素乙酸酯中的殘留硫酸之含有量,以硫元素換算時,較佳為0.1~45重量ppm之範圍,又較佳為1~30重量ppm之範圍。硫酸係認為以鹽的狀態而殘留於薄膜中。當殘留硫酸之含有量超過45重量ppm時,於熱延伸薄膜之際、或熱延伸後進行切條(slitting)之際,容 易破斷。殘留硫酸之含有量,可藉由ASTM D817-96中所規定的方法來測定。 The content of residual sulfuric acid in the cellulose acetate is preferably in the range of 0.1 to 45 ppm by weight, and preferably in the range of 1 to 30 ppm by weight in terms of sulfur element. The sulfuric acid system is considered to remain in the film in the form of a salt. When the content of the residual sulfuric acid exceeds 45 ppm by weight, when slicing is performed at the time of the heat-stretching film or after the heat stretching, Easy to break. The content of residual sulfuric acid can be determined by the method specified in ASTM D817-96.

纖維素乙酸酯中,游離酸之含有量較佳1~500 重量ppm之範圍內,又較佳為1~100重量ppm,更佳為1~70重量ppm之範圍內。當游離酸之含有量為上述範圍時,與前述同樣地,於熱延伸薄膜之際、或熱延伸後進行切條之際,不容易破斷。游離酸之含有量,可藉由ASTM D817-96中所規定的方法來測定。 In cellulose acetate, the free acid content is preferably from 1 to 500. In the range of ppm by weight, it is preferably in the range of 1 to 100 ppm by weight, more preferably 1 to 70 ppm by weight. When the content of the free acid is in the above range, in the same manner as described above, when the film is cut at the time of the heat-stretching film or after the heat stretching, it is not easily broken. The content of the free acid can be determined by the method specified in ASTM D817-96.

纖維素乙酸酯中的鐵(Fe)成分之含有量, 較佳為3重量ppm以下,更佳為1重量ppm以下。又,纖維素衍生物中的鈣(Ca)成分之含有量,較佳為60重量ppm以下,又較佳為0~30重量ppm之範圍內。纖維素乙酸酯中的鎂(Mg)成分之含有量,較佳為0~70重量ppm之範圍內,特佳為0~20重量ppm之範圍內。 The content of iron (Fe) component in cellulose acetate, It is preferably 3 ppm by weight or less, more preferably 1 ppm by weight or less. Further, the content of the calcium (Ca) component in the cellulose derivative is preferably 60 ppm by weight or less, and more preferably 0 to 30 ppm by weight. The content of the magnesium (Mg) component in the cellulose acetate is preferably in the range of 0 to 70 ppm by weight, particularly preferably in the range of 0 to 20 ppm by weight.

上述具有指定平均乙醯基取代度的纖維素乙 酸酯,可藉由習知的方法來製造,具體而言,可參考日本特開平10-45804號公報中記載的方法來合成。尚,作為纖維素乙酸酯,亦可使用市售品。 The above cellulose B with the specified average thiol substitution degree The acid ester can be produced by a conventional method, and specifically, it can be synthesized by referring to the method described in JP-A-10-45804. Further, as the cellulose acetate, a commercially available product can also be used.

(遲滯上昇劑) (hysteresis riser)

作為保護薄膜B的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,較佳含有遲滯上昇劑。所謂的「遲滯上昇劑」,係指藉由該添加而具有纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的遲滯會上昇般的機能的添加劑之意思。關於遲滯上昇劑的具體形態未特別限制,可適當參考 以往習知的見解。 The cellulose acetate film as the protective film B preferably contains a hysteresis rising agent. The term "hysteresis riser" means an additive having a function of increasing the hysteresis of the cellulose acetate film by the addition. The specific form of the hysteresis rising agent is not particularly limited and may be appropriately referred to. Previously known insights.

在此,作為遲滯上昇劑的較佳形態,列舉例 如下述通式(1)的化合物(以下,亦稱為「化合物(I)」)。但是,理所當然地亦可使用其他的遲滯上昇劑。下述通式(1)的化合物,特以能使纖維素乙酸酯薄膜之厚度方向之遲滯值上昇,又亦可使該薄膜的透濕性降低。又,下述通式(1)的化合物,即使是高溫多濕下,其揮發性亦為低。因此,亦可使纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的耐滲出性提昇,其結果方面,可提昇畫像的鮮明度。 Here, as a preferred form of the retardation increasing agent, examples are given. A compound of the following formula (1) (hereinafter also referred to as "compound (I)"). However, it is of course also possible to use other hysteresis risers. The compound of the following formula (1) is characterized in that the hysteresis value in the thickness direction of the cellulose acetate film can be increased, and the moisture permeability of the film can be lowered. Further, the compound of the following formula (1) has a low volatility even under high temperature and high humidity. Therefore, the cellulose acetate film can also be improved in the bleeding resistance, and as a result, the sharpness of the image can be improved.

上述通式(1)中,R1~R4分別獨立示為氫原 子、碳數1~3之烷基或鹵原子。在此,R1~R4可分別為相同或相異者。作為上述碳數1~3之烷基,具有如甲基、乙基、丙基及異丙基。之中,就提昇遲滯值(特以薄膜之厚度方向之遲滯值)之效果、與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性等的觀點而言,較佳為氫原子、甲基、乙基、氟原子、氯原子,特佳為甲基。 In the above formula (1), R 1 to R 4 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms or a halogen atom. Here, R 1 to R 4 may be the same or different, respectively. The alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms has a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group and an isopropyl group. Among them, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, and a fluorine atom are preferred from the viewpoints of an effect of increasing the hysteresis value (specifically, a hysteresis value in the thickness direction of the film), compatibility with cellulose acetate, and the like. Chlorine atom, particularly preferably methyl.

上述通式(1)中,X分別獨立示為-O-或 -O-C(=O)-。在此,X示為-O-C(=O)-時,-O-C(=O)-的醚氧(-O-)會變成鍵結於通式(1)中的苯基骨架。之中,X較 佳為-O-。 In the above formula (1), X is independently shown as -O- or -O-C(=O)-. Here, when X is represented by -O-C(=O)-, the ether oxygen (-O-) of -O-C(=O)- becomes a phenyl skeleton bonded to the formula (1). Among them, X is more Good for -O-.

上述通式(1)中,R5及R6分別獨立具有下 述定義。 In the above formula (1), R 5 and R 6 each independently have the following definitions.

X為-O-時,R5及R6分別獨立示為可經羥基、 酯基或可經取代的芳香族基所取代的烷基;或環氧丙基。 When X is -O-, R 5 and R 6 are each independently shown to be an alkyl group which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an ester group or a substituted aromatic group; or a glycidyl group.

又,X為-O-C(=O)-時,R5及R6分別獨立示 為可經羥基、酯基或可經取代的芳香族基所取代的烷基;或可經取代的芳香族基。 Further, when X is -OC(=O)-, R 5 and R 6 are each independently shown as an alkyl group which may be substituted with a hydroxyl group, an ester group or a substituted aromatic group; or a substituted aromatic group; .

上述可取代烷基的酯基,係以式: -O-C(=O)-R或-C(=O)-O-R表示,此時R為碳數1~8之直鏈或支鏈之烷基或芳香族基。上述烷基及芳香族基與下述定義相同。 The above ester group of the substitutable alkyl group is of the formula: -O-C(=O)-R or -C(=O)-O-R represents, in this case, R is a linear or branched alkyl or aromatic group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. The above alkyl group and aromatic group are the same as defined below.

作為R5及R6之烷基方面未特別限制,較佳為 甲基、乙基、丙基、異丙基、丁基、異丁基、sec-丁基、tert-丁基、戊基、異戊基、新戊基、己基、庚基及辛基等的碳數1~8之直鏈或支鏈之烷基。該等之中,較佳為碳數1~5之烷基,又較佳為碳數2~4之烷基。 The alkyl group of R 5 and R 6 is not particularly limited, and is preferably methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, A linear or branched alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms such as isopentyl, neopentyl, hexyl, heptyl or octyl. Among these, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms is preferred, and an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms is preferred.

作為芳香族基,可為碳數6~24之芳基。更具 體而言,舉例如苯基、p-甲苯基、萘基、聯苯基、茀基、蒽基、芘基、薁基、苊基、聯三苯、菲基等。該等之中,較佳為苯基、萘基,又較佳為苯基。又,上述芳香族基可具有取代基。在此,作為可取代芳香族基的取代基未特別限制,列舉例如碳數1~3之烷基、碳數1~3之烷氧基、苯基、甲基苯基、苯基苯基、甲基苯基苯基、氰基、鹵原子 (氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子)、硝基等。又,上述取代基可為1個或是2個以上,後者之情形時,各取代基可為相同或是相異者。該等之中,就遲滯值(特以薄膜之厚度方向之遲滯值)之提昇效果、與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性等的觀點而言,芳香族基較佳為苯基、甲基苯基、甲基苯基苯基。 The aromatic group may be an aryl group having 6 to 24 carbon atoms. More The term is exemplified by phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, anthracenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, fluorenyl, terphenyl, phenanthryl and the like. Among these, a phenyl group, a naphthyl group, and a phenyl group are preferable. Further, the above aromatic group may have a substituent. Here, the substituent of the substitutable aromatic group is not particularly limited, and examples thereof include an alkyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, a phenyl group, a methylphenyl group, and a phenylphenyl group. Methylphenylphenyl, cyano, halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom), nitro group, and the like. Further, the substituent may be one or two or more, and in the latter case, each substituent may be the same or different. Among these, the aromatic group is preferably a phenyl group or a methylbenzene from the viewpoints of an improvement effect of a hysteresis value (specifically, a hysteresis value in the thickness direction of the film), compatibility with cellulose acetate, and the like. Base, methylphenylphenyl.

該等之中,作為R5及R6,較佳為具有作為取代基的羥基及酯基的烷基、或環氧丙基。此時,又較佳為X為-O-。又,作為通式(1)的化合物,日本特開2011-140637號公報及日本特開2011-116912號公報中記載的化合物為包含於通式(1)的化合物中。又,日本特開2006-45468號公報中記載的化合物的一部份亦又包含於通式(1)的化合物中。更具體而言,作為通式(1)的化合物的又較佳之例,舉例如下述。尚,以下述編號來規定化合物。亦即,下述(1-1)的化合物亦稱為「化合物(1-1)」。 Among these, R 5 and R 6 are preferably an alkyl group having a hydroxyl group and an ester group as a substituent or a glycidyl group. At this time, it is preferable that X is -O-. In addition, as a compound of the formula (1), the compound described in JP-A-2011-140637 and JP-A-2011-116912 is included in the compound of the formula (1). Further, a part of the compound described in JP-A-2006-45468 is further contained in the compound of the formula (1). More specifically, as a further preferred example of the compound of the formula (1), for example, the following. Further, the compound is specified by the following number. That is, the compound of the following (1-1) is also referred to as "compound (1-1)".

保護薄膜B中,通式(1)的化合物之含有量 未特別限制。通式(1)的化合物之含有量,例如,相對於纖維素乙酸酯100質量份,較佳為1~30質量份,又較佳為2~20質量份,特佳為5~10質量份。只要是如此般的量,可提昇保護薄膜B的相位差機能及撕裂強度。又,由於降低在高溫多濕下之揮發性,故可提昇保護薄膜B的耐滲出性,因而可提昇畫像的鮮明度。 The content of the compound of the formula (1) in the protective film B Not particularly limited. The content of the compound of the formula (1) is, for example, preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 2 to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably 5 to 10 parts by mass based on 100 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate. Share. As long as such an amount, the phase difference function and tear strength of the protective film B can be improved. Further, since the volatility under high temperature and high humidity is lowered, the bleeding resistance of the protective film B can be improved, and the sharpness of the image can be improved.

又,作為前述通式(1)所表示的化合物的添 加方法,可以粉體添加至形成保護薄膜B的樹脂中,亦可於溶解於溶劑中後,再添加至形成保護薄膜B的樹脂中。 (具有5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的化合物; 化合物(II)) Further, as a compound of the above formula (1) The addition method may be added to the resin forming the protective film B, or may be added to the resin forming the protective film B after being dissolved in the solvent. (a compound having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members; Compound (II))

本發明相關的保護薄膜B,較佳包含具有5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的化合物(化合物(II))。 The protective film B according to the present invention preferably contains a compound (compound (II)) having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring of 5 or 6 members.

關於化合物(II)的具體構成未特別限制,只要是具有5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的化合物即可,可使用任意的化合物。之中,前述5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環,係以相互介隔著單鍵或2個以下的原子而連結的化合物(以下亦稱為「添加劑N」)為較佳。 The specific configuration of the compound (II) is not particularly limited, and any compound may be used as long as it is a compound having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring of 5 or 6 members. In the above, the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the aromatic heterocyclic ring of the above-mentioned five or six members is a compound which is linked to each other with a single bond or two or less atoms (hereinafter also referred to as "additive N"). good.

如此般的添加劑,係對於纖維素乙酸酯以藉由複數個CH/π相互作用力來配位,故抑制了水分子之浸入至纖維素乙酸酯與添加劑之間,可降低光學性特性之變動,故較佳。 Such an additive is coordinated to cellulose acetate by a plurality of CH/π interaction forces, thereby inhibiting the infiltration of water molecules into the cellulose acetate and the additive, thereby reducing optical properties. The change is better.

5員或6員的芳香環,較佳為6 π電子系。萘環(10 π)、苯并噁唑環(10 π)、蒽環(14 π)等的π共軛系的寬芳香環時,由於π/π相互作用會變強,故相較於纖維素乙酸酯與添加劑之CH/π相互作用,添加劑彼此間之π/π相互作用會成為支配性的(dominant),容易產生對於纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性之劣化、經時性之滲出,又,即使是相溶之情形,由於纖維素乙酸酯與添加劑之距離變遠,故光學特性容易變動。 The aromatic ring of 5 or 6 members is preferably a 6 π electron system. When a broad aromatic ring of a π-conjugated system such as a naphthalene ring (10 π), a benzoxazole ring (10 π), or an anthracene ring (14 π), the π/π interaction becomes stronger, so compared with the fiber The CH/π interaction between the acetate and the additive causes the π/π interaction between the additives to become dominant, which tends to cause deterioration of the compatibility of cellulose acetate, and bleed out with time. Further, even in the case of compatibility, since the distance between the cellulose acetate and the additive becomes long, the optical characteristics are easily changed.

作為如此般的芳香環,列舉例如吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環(1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環)、四唑環、呋喃環、噁唑環、異噁唑環、噁二唑環、異噁二 唑環、噻吩環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環、異噻二唑環等。該等之中,作為形成芳香環的碳原子以外的雜原子僅包含氮原子的芳香環,光學性特性之變動抑制效果為優異,故較佳。 Examples of such an aromatic ring include a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring (1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4-triazole ring), a tetrazole ring, and a furan ring. , oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, oxadiazole ring, eclipse An azole ring, a thiophene ring, a thiazole ring, an isothiazole ring, a thiadiazole ring, an isothiadiazole ring, and the like. Among these, the hetero atom other than the carbon atom forming the aromatic ring contains only an aromatic ring of a nitrogen atom, and the effect of suppressing fluctuation in optical characteristics is excellent, which is preferable.

又,作為形成芳香環的碳原子以外的雜原子 僅包含氮原子的芳香環,其在與纖維素乙酸酯之共存下,不易引起反應或分解等,可得到耐久性為優異的相位差薄膜,故較佳。具體而言,芳香環較佳為吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、或三唑環(1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環),又較佳為選自由吡唑環、咪唑環及三唑環所成之群之至少1種。 Further, as a hetero atom other than a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring An aromatic ring containing only a nitrogen atom is less likely to cause reaction or decomposition under the coexistence with cellulose acetate, and a phase difference film excellent in durability can be obtained, which is preferable. Specifically, the aromatic ring is preferably a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, or a triazole ring (1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4-triazole ring), and is preferably selected. At least one of the group consisting of a free pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, and a triazole ring.

5員或6員的芳香環,係藉由相互介隔著單鍵 或2個以下的原子而連結,纖維素乙酸酯與添加劑之CH/π相互作用會變強,而抑制了光學特性之變動,故較佳。 所謂的介隔著2個以下的原子而連結,係指構成連結基的原子之中,存在於所連結的取代基間的最小原子數為2個以下之意思。具體而言,醚基(-O-)的連結原子數為1,醯氧基(-CO-O-)的連結原子數為2,碳酸酯基(-O-CO-O-)的連結原子數為3。為了更抑制光學特性之變動,又較佳為單鍵。 The aromatic ring of 5 or 6 members is separated by a single bond It is preferable that the CH/π interaction of the cellulose acetate and the additive becomes strong, and the change in optical characteristics is suppressed, and the two or more atoms are bonded together. The term "interconnected with two or less atoms" means that the minimum number of atoms existing between the connected substituents is two or less among the atoms constituting the linking group. Specifically, the number of linking atoms of the ether group (-O-) is 1, the number of linking atoms of the oxiranyl group (-CO-O-) is 2, and the linking atom of the carbonate group (-O-CO-O-) The number is 3. In order to further suppress variations in optical characteristics, a single bond is preferred.

將3個5員或6員的芳香環設為A、B、C, 當A與B及B與C為連結之情形時,以A與B及B與C之二面角為小者,由於分別的芳香環可同時形成CH/π相互作用,故較佳。當二面角變得過小時,π/π相互作用 容易成為支配性的。因此,A與B及B與C的二面角,分別較佳為0°以上45°以下,又較佳為5°以上40°以下,更佳為10°以上35°以下。 Set the three 5 or 6 member aromatic rings to A, B, and C. When A and B and B and C are connected, the dihedral angles of A and B and B and C are small, and since the respective aromatic rings can simultaneously form a CH/π interaction, it is preferable. When the dihedral angle becomes too small, the π/π interaction Easy to become dominant. Therefore, the dihedral angles of A and B and B and C are preferably 0° or more and 45° or less, and more preferably 5° or more and 40° or less, and more preferably 10° or more and 35° or less.

<具有通式(2)所表示構造的化合物> <Compound having a structure represented by the general formula (2)>

本發明中,添加劑N特佳為下述通式(2)所表示構造的化合物。 In the present invention, the additive N is particularly preferably a compound having a structure represented by the following formula (2).

前述通式(2)中,A1、A2及B分別獨立示 為烷基(甲基、乙基、n-丙基、異丙基、tert-丁基、n-辛基、2-乙基己基等)、環烷基(環己基、環戊基、4-n-十二烷基環己基等)、芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環。之中,較佳為芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環。如此般的5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的構造未有限制,列舉例如苯環、吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環(1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環)、四唑環、呋喃環、噁唑環、異噁唑環、噁二唑環、異噁二唑環、噻吩環、噻唑環、異噻唑環、噻二唑環、異噻二唑環等。 In the above formula (2), A 1 , A 2 and B are each independently represented by an alkyl group (methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-ethyl). A hexyl group or the like, a cycloalkyl group (cyclohexyl group, cyclopentyl group, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl group, etc.), an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring. Among them, an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring is preferred. The structure of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members is not limited, and examples thereof include a benzene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, and a triazole ring (1, 2, 3-3). Oxazole ring, 1,2,4-triazole ring), tetrazole ring, furan ring, oxazole ring, isoxazole ring, oxadiazole ring, isoxazole ring, thiophene ring, thiazole ring, isothiazole ring , thiadiazole ring, isothiadiazole ring and the like.

A1、A2及B所表示的5員或6員的芳香族烴 環或芳香族雜環,可具有取代基,作為該取代基可列舉例如鹵原子(氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原子等)、烷基 (甲基、乙基、n-丙基、異丙基、tert-丁基、n-辛基、2- 乙基己基等)、環烷基(環己基、環戊基、4-n-十二烷基環己基等)、烯基(乙烯基、烯丙基等)、環烯基(2-環戊烯-1-基、2-環己烯-1-基等)、炔基(乙炔基、炔丙基等)、芳香族烴環基(苯基、p-甲苯基、萘基等)、芳香族雜環基(2-吡咯基、2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、吡咯基、咪唑基、噁唑基、噻唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噁唑基、2-苯并噻唑基、吡唑啉酮基、吡啶基、吡啶酮基、2-嘧啶基、三嗪基、吡唑基、1,2,3-三唑基、1,2,4-三唑基、噁唑基、異噁唑基、1,2,4-噁二唑基、1,3,4-噁二唑基、噻唑基、異噻唑基、1,2,4-噻二唑基、1,3,4-噻二唑基等)、氰基、羥基、硝基、羧基、烷氧基(甲氧基、乙氧基、異丙氧基、tert-丁氧基、n-辛氧基、2-甲氧基乙氧基等)、芳氧基(苯氧基、2-甲基苯氧基、4-tert-丁基苯氧基、3-硝基苯氧基、2-四癸醯氨苯氧基等)、醯氧基(甲醯氧基、乙醯氧基、三甲基乙醯氧基、硬脂醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基、p-甲氧基苯基羰氧基等)、胺基(胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、苯胺基、N-甲基-苯胺基、二苯基胺基等)、醯基胺基(甲醯基胺基、乙醯基胺基、三甲基乙醯基胺基、月桂醯基胺基、苯甲醯基胺基等)、烷基及芳基磺醯基胺基(甲基磺醯基胺基、丁基磺醯基胺基、苯基磺醯基胺基、2,3,5-三氯苯基磺醯基胺基、p-甲基苯基磺醯基胺基等)、巰基、烷硫基(甲硫基、乙硫基、n-十六烷基硫基等)、芳硫基(苯硫基、p-氯苯硫基、m-甲氧基苯硫基 等)、胺磺醯基(N-乙基胺磺醯基、N-(3-十二烷基丙氧基)胺磺醯基、N,N-二甲基胺磺醯基、N-乙醯基胺磺醯基、N-苯甲醯基胺磺醯基、N-(N’苯基胺甲醯基)胺磺醯基等)、磺酸基、醯基(乙醯基、三甲基乙醯基苯甲醯基等)、胺甲醯基(胺甲醯基、N-甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二甲基胺甲醯基、N,N-二-n-辛基胺甲醯基、N-(甲基磺醯基)胺甲醯基等)等的各基。 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring or the aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members represented by A 1 , A 2 and B may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and the like). Iodine atom, etc.), alkyl (methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, 2-ethylhexyl, etc.), cycloalkyl (cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl) Base, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl, etc.), alkenyl (vinyl, allyl, etc.), cycloalkenyl (2-cyclopenten-1-yl, 2-cyclohexen-1-yl) Equivalent, alkynyl (ethynyl, propargyl, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon ring (phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, etc.), aromatic heterocyclic (2-pyrrolyl, 2-furyl, 2-thienyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzoxazolyl, 2-benzothiazolyl, pyrazolone, pyridyl, pyridone, 2 -pyrimidinyl, triazinyl, pyrazolyl, 1,2,3-triazolyl, 1,2,4-triazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, 1,2,4-oxadiazole Base, 1,3,4-oxadiazolyl, thiazolyl, isothiazolyl, 1,2,4-thiadiazolyl, 1,3,4-thiadiazolyl, etc.), cyano, hydroxyl, nitrate Base, carboxyl, alkoxy (methoxy, ethoxy, isopropoxy, tert-butoxy, n-octyloxy, 2-methoxyethoxy, etc.), aryloxy (phenoxy, 2-methyl) Phenoxy, 4-tert-butylphenoxy, 3-nitrophenoxy, 2-tetraammonium phenoxy, etc., decyloxy (methyloxy, ethoxylated, trimethyl) Ethyl ethoxy, stearyloxy, benzhydryloxy, p-methoxyphenylcarbonyloxy, etc.), amine group (amine group, methylamino group, dimethylamino group, anilino group) , N-methyl-anilino, diphenylamino, etc.), mercaptoamino group (formylamino group, ethionylamino group, trimethylethylamino group, lauryl amine group, benzene Mercaptoamine, etc.), alkyl and arylsulfonylamino (methylsulfonylamino, butylsulfonylamino, phenylsulfonylamino, 2,3,5-tri Chlorophenylsulfonylamino, p-methylphenylsulfonylamino, etc., mercapto, alkylthio (methylthio, ethylthio, n-hexadecylthio, etc.), aromatic sulfur Base (phenylthio, p-chlorophenylthio, m-methoxyphenylthio, etc.), amine sulfonyl (N-ethylamine sulfonyl, N-(3-dodecylpropoxy) Aminesulfonyl, N,N-dimethylaminesulfonyl, N-B Sulfonamide, N-benzylidenesulfonylsulfonyl, N-(N'phenylaminecarbamyl)aminesulfonyl, etc.), sulfonic acid group, mercapto group (ethylidene group, trimethyl group) Ethylmercaptopurine, etc., aminomethyl sulfhydryl (amine methyl sulfhydryl, N-methylamine carbhydryl, N,N-dimethylamine carbhydryl, N,N-di-n-octyl Each group such as a carbamine group or a N-(methylsulfonyl)carbamyl group.

前述通式(2)中,A1、A2及B示為苯環、 吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環(1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環),由於可得到光學特性之變動效果為優異、且耐久性為優異的樹脂組成物,故較佳;又較佳為選自由吡唑環、咪唑環及三唑環所成之群之至少1種。 In the above formula (2), A 1 , A 2 and B are represented by a benzene ring, a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring (1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4- The triazole ring is preferably a resin composition which is excellent in the effect of changing optical characteristics and excellent in durability, and is preferably selected from the group consisting of a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring and a triazole ring. At least one of them.

前述通式(2)中,T1及T2較佳分別獨立示 為吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環或三唑環(1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環)。該等之中,由於可得到光學特性之變動抑制效果為特優、且耐久性為特優的樹脂組成物,故較佳為吡唑環或1,2,4-三唑環,特佳為吡唑環。T1及T2所表示的吡唑環、咪唑環或三唑環(1,2,3-三唑環、1,2,4-三唑環),可為互變異構物。吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、1,2,3-三唑環及1,2,4-三唑環的具體構造,如同下述。 In the above formula (2), T 1 and T 2 are preferably independently represented as a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring or a triazole ring (1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4-three, respectively). Oxazole ring). Among these, a resin composition which is excellent in variation in optical characteristics and excellent in durability and excellent in durability is preferable, and a pyrazole ring or a 1,2,4-triazole ring is preferable. Pyrazole ring. The pyrazole ring, the imidazole ring or the triazole ring (1,2,3-triazole ring, 1,2,4-triazole ring) represented by T 1 and T 2 may be a tautomer. The specific configuration of the pyrrole ring, the pyrazole ring, the imidazole ring, the 1,2,3-triazole ring, and the 1,2,4-triazole ring is as follows.

式中,※係表示與L1、L2、L3或L4之鍵結位 置。R8示為氫原子或非芳香族取代基。作為R8所表示的非芳香族取代基,可舉例與前述通式(2)中A1可具有的取代基之中的非芳香族取代基為相同之基。當R8所表示的取代基為具有芳香族基的取代基時,A1與T1或B與T1容易變扭轉,A1、B及T1變得無法同時與纖維素乙酸酯形成CH/π相互作用,因而難以抑制光學性特性之變動。 為了提高光學性特性變動之抑制效果,R8較佳為氫原子、碳數1~5之烷基或碳數1~5之醯基,特佳為氫原子。 In the formula, * indicates a bonding position with L 1 , L 2 , L 3 or L 4 . R 8 is shown as a hydrogen atom or a non-aromatic substituent. The non-aromatic substituent represented by R 8 may be the same as the non-aromatic substituent among the substituents which A 1 in the above formula (2) may have. When the substituent represented by R 8 is a substituent having an aromatic group, A 1 and T 1 or B and T 1 are easily twisted, and A 1 , B and T 1 cannot simultaneously form a cellulose acetate. The CH/π interaction makes it difficult to suppress variations in optical characteristics. R 8 is preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms or a fluorenyl group having 1 to 5 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom, in order to enhance the effect of suppressing the change in optical characteristics.

前述通式(2)中,T1及T2可具有取代基, 作為該取代基,可舉例與前述通式(2)中A1及A2可具有的取代基為相同之基。 In the above formula (2), T 1 and T 2 may have a substituent, and examples of the substituent include the same substituents as those of A 1 and A 2 in the above formula (2).

前述通式(2)中,L1、L2、L3及L4分別獨 立示為單鍵、或二價連結基,5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環係介隔著2個以下的原子而連結。所謂的介隔著2個以下的原子,係表示構成連結基的原子之中,存在於所連結的取代基間的最小原子數。作為連結原子數2個以下的二價連結基未特別限制,係以選自由伸烷基、伸烯基、伸炔基、O、(C=O)、NR、S、(O=S=O)所成之群之二價連結基、或組合該等2個的連結基來表示。R示為氫原子或取代基。作為R所表示的取代基之例,係包含烷基(甲基、乙基、n-丙基、異丙基、tert-丁基、n-辛基、2-乙基己基等)、環烷基(環己基、環戊基、4-n-十二烷基環己基等)、芳香族烴環基(苯基、p-甲苯基、萘基等)、芳香族雜環基(2-呋喃基、2-噻吩基、2-嘧啶基、2-苯并噻唑基、2-吡啶基等)、氰基等。L1、L2、L3及L4所表示的二價連結基可具有取代基,作為取代基未特別限制,可舉例與前述通式(2)中A1及A2可具有的取代基為相同之基。 In the above formula (2), L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are each independently shown as a single bond or a divalent linking group, and an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members is intervened. Two or less atoms are connected and connected. The two or less atoms interposed between the atoms constituting the linking group are the smallest number of atoms existing between the connected substituents. The divalent linking group having two or less linked atoms is not particularly limited, and is selected from an alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an alkynyl group, O, (C=O), NR, S, (O=S=O). The divalent linking group of the group formed, or the combination of the two linking groups. R is shown as a hydrogen atom or a substituent. Examples of the substituent represented by R include an alkyl group (methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, tert-butyl group, n-octyl group, 2-ethylhexyl group, etc.), naphthene. (cyclohexyl, cyclopentyl, 4-n-dodecylcyclohexyl, etc.), aromatic hydrocarbon ring (phenyl, p-tolyl, naphthyl, etc.), aromatic heterocyclic (2-furan) A group, a 2-thienyl group, a 2-pyrimidinyl group, a 2-benzothiazolyl group, a 2-pyridyl group, etc.), a cyano group, etc. The divalent linking group represented by L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 may have a substituent, and the substituent is not particularly limited, and may be, for example, a substituent which may be possessed by A 1 and A 2 in the above formula (2). For the same base.

前述通式(2)中,由於前述通式(2)所表 示的化合物之平面性會變高,且與水吸附性樹脂之CH/π相互作用會變強,而抑制了光學性特性之變動,故L1、L2、L3及L4較佳為單鍵、或O、(C=O)-O、O-(C=O)、(C=O)-NR或NR-(C=O),又較佳為單鍵。 In the above formula (2), the planarity of the compound represented by the above formula (2) is increased, and the CH/π interaction with the water-adsorbing resin is enhanced, and the change in optical properties is suppressed. Therefore, L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are preferably a single bond, or O, (C=O)-O, O-(C=O), (C=O)-NR or NR-(C =O), which is preferably a single bond.

前述通式(2)中,n示為0~5之整數。當n 示為2以上之整數時,前述通式(2)中的複數個A2、T2、L3、L4可為相同,亦可為相異。當n越大時,前述通式(2)所表示的化合物與纖維素乙酸酯之CH/π相互作用會變強,而光學性特性之變動抑制效果為優異;當n越小時,與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性為優異。因此,n較佳為1~3之整數,又較佳為1~2之整數。 In the above formula (2), n is an integer of 0 to 5. When n is an integer of 2 or more, the plurality of A 2 , T 2 , L 3 and L 4 in the above formula (2) may be the same or different. When n is larger, the CH/π interaction between the compound represented by the above formula (2) and the cellulose acetate becomes stronger, and the effect of suppressing the variation of optical properties is excellent; when n is smaller, the fiber is The compatibility of the cellulose acetate is excellent. Therefore, n is preferably an integer of 1 to 3, and is preferably an integer of 1 to 2.

<具有通式(3)所表示構造的化合物> <Compound having a structure represented by the general formula (3)>

通式(2)所表示的化合物,較佳為下述通式(3)所表示的化合物。 The compound represented by the formula (2) is preferably a compound represented by the following formula (3).

通式(3)中的A1、A2、T1、T2、L1、L2、 L3及L4,係分別與前述通式(2)中的A1、A2、T1、T2、L1、L2、L3及L4為同義。A3及T3,係分別與通式(2)中的A1及T1表示為相同之基。L5及L6,係與前述通式(2)中的L1表示為相同之基。m示為0~4之整數。 A 1 , A 2 , T 1 , T 2 , L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 in the formula (3) are respectively A 1 , A 2 , T 1 in the above formula (2) T 2 , L 1 , L 2 , L 3 and L 4 are synonymous. A 3 and T 3 are each represented by the same group as A 1 and T 1 in the formula (2). L 5 and L 6 are the same as those of L 1 in the above formula (2). m is shown as an integer from 0 to 4.

當m越小時,由於與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性 為優異,故m較佳為0~2之整數,又較佳為0~1之整 數。 When m is smaller, due to compatibility with cellulose acetate It is excellent, so m is preferably an integer of 0 to 2, and preferably 0 to 1 number.

<具有通式(2.1)所表示構造的化合物> <Compound having a structure represented by the general formula (2.1)>

具有通式(2)所表示構造的化合物,較佳為具有下述通式(2.1)所表示構造的三唑化合物。 The compound having a structure represented by the formula (2) is preferably a triazole compound having a structure represented by the following formula (2.1).

通式(2.1)中的A1、B、L1及L2,係與上述 通式(2)中的A1、B、L1及L2表示為相同之基。k示為1~4之整數。T1示為1,2,4-三唑環。 A 1 , B, L 1 and L 2 in the formula (2.1) are represented by the same groups as A 1 , B, L 1 and L 2 in the above formula (2). k is shown as an integer from 1 to 4. T 1 is shown as a 1,2,4-triazole ring.

更,具有上述通式(2.1)所表示構造的三唑 化合物,較佳為具有下述通式(2.2)所表示構造的三唑化合物。 Further, the triazole having the structure represented by the above formula (2.1) The compound is preferably a triazole compound having a structure represented by the following formula (2.2).

通式(2.2)中,Z示為下述通式(2.2a)的 構造。q示為2~3之整數。對於經苯環所取代的至少1個的Z而言,至少2個的Z為鍵結於鄰位或間位。 In the general formula (2.2), Z is represented by the following formula (2.2a) structure. q is shown as an integer from 2 to 3. For at least one Z substituted by a benzene ring, at least two of Z are bonded to an ortho or meta position.

通式(2.2a)中,R10示為氫原子、烷基或烷 氧基。p示為1~5之整數。*表示與苯環之鍵結位置。T1示為1,2,4-三唑環。 In the formula (2.2a), R 10 is represented by a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group or an alkoxy group. p is shown as an integer from 1 to 5. * indicates the bonding position with the benzene ring. T 1 is shown as a 1,2,4-triazole ring.

前述通式(2)、(3)、(2.1)或(2.2)所 表示的化合物,亦可形成水合物、溶劑合物或鹽。尚,本發明中,水合物亦可包含有機溶劑,又,溶劑合物亦可包含水。亦即,「水合物」及「溶劑合物」中為包含含有水及有機溶劑之兩者的混合溶劑合物。作為鹽,係包含以無機或有機酸所形成的酸加成鹽。作為無機酸之例,包含如鹵化氫酸(鹽酸、溴化氫酸等)、硫酸、磷酸等,又,不限定於該等。又,作為有機酸之例,舉例如乙酸、三氟乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、草酸、檸檬酸、安息香酸、烷基磺酸(甲烷磺酸等)、烯丙基磺酸(苯磺酸、4-甲苯磺酸、1,5-萘二磺酸等)等,又,不限定於該等。該等之中,較佳為鹽酸鹽、乙酸鹽、丙酸鹽、丁酸鹽。 The above formula (2), (3), (2.1) or (2.2) The compound represented may also form a hydrate, solvate or salt. Further, in the present invention, the hydrate may also contain an organic solvent, and the solvate may also contain water. That is, the "hydrate" and "solvate" are mixed solvates containing both water and an organic solvent. As the salt, an acid addition salt formed by an inorganic or organic acid is contained. Examples of the inorganic acid include, for example, hydrogen halide acid (hydrochloric acid, hydrogen bromide acid, etc.), sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the like, and are not limited thereto. Further, examples of the organic acid include acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, oxalic acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, alkylsulfonic acid (methanesulfonic acid, etc.), and allylsulfonic acid (benzenesulfonic acid). Further, 4-methylbenzenesulfonic acid, 1,5-naphthalene disulfonic acid, etc., and the like are not limited thereto. Among these, a hydrochloride, an acetate, a propionate, and a butyrate are preferable.

作為鹽之例,舉例如存在於母化合物的酸性 部分為藉由金屬離子(例如鹼金屬鹽,例如鈉或鉀鹽、鹼土類金屬鹽,例如鈣或鎂鹽、銨鹽鹼金屬離子、鹼土類金屬離子、或鋁離子等)所取代,或是與有機鹼(乙醇胺、二乙醇胺、三乙醇胺、嗎福林、哌啶等)調整時所形成的鹽,又,不限定於該等。該等之中,較佳為鈉鹽、鉀鹽。 As an example of a salt, for example, the acidity of the parent compound Partially replaced by a metal ion (such as an alkali metal salt such as a sodium or potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt such as a calcium or magnesium salt, an ammonium alkali metal ion, an alkaline earth metal ion, or an aluminum ion), or The salt formed when it is adjusted with an organic base (ethanolamine, diethanolamine, triethanolamine, oroproline, piperidine, etc.) is not limited to these. Among these, a sodium salt or a potassium salt is preferred.

作為溶劑合物所包含的溶劑之例,一般的有 機溶劑皆可包含。具體而言,舉例如醇(例如,甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、t-丁醇)、酯(例如,乙酸乙酯)、烴基(例如,甲苯、己烷、庚烷)、醚(例如,四氫呋喃)、腈(例如,乙腈)、酮(丙酮)等。較佳為醇(例如,甲醇、乙醇、2-丙醇、1-丁醇、1-甲氧基-2-丙醇、t-丁醇)的溶劑合物。該等溶劑,可為前述化合物的合成時所使用的反應溶劑,亦可為合成後的結晶化純化之際所使用的溶劑,或亦可為該等之混合物。 As an example of the solvent contained in the solvate, there are generally Machine solvents can be included. Specifically, for example, an alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol), an ester (for example, ethyl acetate), Hydrocarbyl (e.g., toluene, hexane, heptane), ether (e.g., tetrahydrofuran), nitrile (e.g., acetonitrile), ketone (acetone), and the like. A solvate of an alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-methoxy-2-propanol, t-butanol) is preferred. These solvents may be the reaction solvent used in the synthesis of the above compound, the solvent used in the crystallization purification after the synthesis, or a mixture thereof.

又,可同時包含二種以上的溶劑,亦可為包 含水及溶劑之形態(例如,水及醇(例如,甲醇、乙醇、t-丁醇等)等)。 Moreover, it can contain two or more solvents at the same time, and can also be a package The form of water and solvent (for example, water and alcohol (for example, methanol, ethanol, t-butanol, etc.), etc.).

尚,即使前述通式(2)、(3)、(2.1)或 (2.2)所表示的化合物為以不包含水或溶劑、鹽之形態來進行添加,亦可在本發明的相位差薄膜中形成水合物、溶劑合物或鹽。 Still, even the above formula (2), (3), (2.1) or The compound represented by (2.2) may be added in the form of not containing water, a solvent or a salt, or a hydrate, a solvate or a salt may be formed in the retardation film of the present invention.

前述通式(2)、(3)、(2.1)或(2.2)所 表示的化合物之分子量未特別限制,越小時,與樹脂的相溶性越優異,越大時,對於環境濕度的變化的光學值的變動抑制效果越高,故較佳為150~2000,又較佳為200~1500,更較佳為300~1000。 The above formula (2), (3), (2.1) or (2.2) The molecular weight of the compound to be represented is not particularly limited, and the smaller the compatibility with the resin, the larger the viscosity of the compound is, the higher the effect of suppressing the change in the optical value of the change in the environmental humidity is. Therefore, it is preferably 150 to 2,000. It is 200 to 1500, more preferably 300 to 1000.

以下為示例本發明相關的具有5員或6員的 芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的化合物的具體例。之中,較佳 為前述通式(2)、(3)、(2.1)或(2.2)所表示的化合物。可在本發明使用的前述具有5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的化合物,並不受以下具體例任何限制。尚,如前述般,以下的具體例可為互變異構物,亦可形成水合物、溶劑合物或鹽。又,以下述編號來規定化合物。亦即,下述「1」的化合物亦稱為「化合物(2-1)」。 The following is an example of the present invention having 5 or 6 members. Specific examples of the compound of an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic hetero ring. Among them, preferably It is a compound represented by the above formula (2), (3), (2.1) or (2.2). The aforementioned compound having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members which can be used in the present invention is not limited to the following specific examples. Further, as described above, the following specific examples may be tautomers, and may also form a hydrate, a solvate or a salt. Further, the compound is defined by the following number. That is, the compound of the following "1" is also called "compound (2-1)".

本發明相關的保護薄膜B中,具有5員或6員的芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環的化合物(化合物(II))之含有量未特別限制,可調整適當量並使含有於保護薄膜B中。化合物(II)的化合物之含有量,例如,相對於纖維素乙酸酯100質量份,較佳為1~30質量份,又較佳為3~20質量份,特佳為5~10質量份。只要是如此般的量,可提昇保護薄膜B的相位差機能及撕裂強度。又,由於降低在高溫多濕下之揮發性,故可提昇保護薄膜B的耐滲出性,因而可提昇畫像的鮮明度。 In the protective film B according to the present invention, the content of the compound (compound (II)) having an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 or 6 members is not particularly limited, and may be adjusted in an appropriate amount to be contained in the protective film. B. The content of the compound of the compound (II) is, for example, preferably from 1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably from 3 to 20 parts by mass, particularly preferably from 5 to 10 parts by mass, per 100 parts by mass of the cellulose acetate. . As long as such an amount, the phase difference function and tear strength of the protective film B can be improved. Further, since the volatility under high temperature and high humidity is lowered, the bleeding resistance of the protective film B can be improved, and the sharpness of the image can be improved.

又,作為前述化合物(II)的添加方法,可以粉體添加至形成保護薄膜B的樹脂中,亦可於溶解於溶劑 中後,再添加至形成保護薄膜B的樹脂中。 Further, as a method of adding the compound (II), a powder may be added to the resin forming the protective film B, or may be dissolved in a solvent. After that, it is added to the resin forming the protective film B.

(可塑劑) (plasticizer)

作為保護薄膜B的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,為了提昇薄膜製造時的組成物的流動性、或薄膜的柔軟性或加工性,亦可含有可塑劑。作為可塑劑之例,包含如糖酯系可塑劑、聚酯系可塑劑、多元醇酯系可塑劑、丙烯酸系化合物、多元羧酸酯系可塑劑(包含如鄰苯二甲酸酯系可塑劑)、乙醇酸酯系可塑劑、酯系可塑劑(包含如檸檬酸酯系可塑劑、脂肪酸酯系可塑劑、磷酸酯系可塑劑、偏苯三甲酸酯系可塑劑等)、苯乙烯系化合物等。可塑劑之中,就可高度兼具透濕性之有效性控制、及與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性,較佳為包含選自由下述糖酯系可塑劑(糖酯化合物)、聚酯系可塑劑、及丙烯酸系化合物所成之群之至少1種的可塑劑。該等可單獨使用,亦可組合二種以上使用。 The cellulose acetate film as the protective film B may contain a plasticizer in order to improve the fluidity of the composition at the time of film production or the flexibility or workability of the film. Examples of the plasticizer include, for example, a sugar ester-based plasticizer, a polyester-based plasticizer, a polyol ester-based plasticizer, an acrylic compound, and a polycarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer (including a phthalate-based plasticizer). ), glycolate plasticizer, ester plasticizer (including citric acid ester plasticizer, fatty acid ester plasticizer, phosphate ester plasticizer, trimellitate plasticizer, etc.), styrene Compounds, etc. Among the plasticizers, it is highly compatible with the effectiveness of moisture permeability and compatibility with cellulose acetate, and preferably contains a sugar ester-based plasticizer (sugar ester compound) selected from the following It is at least one type of plasticizer which is a group of a plasticizer and an acrylic compound. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

該可塑劑,就兼具耐濕熱性之改善、及與纖 維素乙酸酯之相溶性之觀點而言,分子量較佳為5000以下,更佳為3000以下。只要是以該分子量3000以下的化合物為聚合物時,重量平均分子量(Mw)較佳為3000以下。較佳的分子量(Mw)之範圍為100~2500之範圍內,更佳為300~2000之範圍內。 The plasticizer has both an improvement in moisture and heat resistance, and a fiber From the viewpoint of the compatibility of the vitamin acetate, the molecular weight is preferably 5,000 or less, more preferably 3,000 or less. When the compound having a molecular weight of 3,000 or less is used as the polymer, the weight average molecular weight (Mw) is preferably 3,000 or less. The preferred molecular weight (Mw) ranges from 100 to 2,500, more preferably from 300 to 2,000.

糖酯系可塑劑(糖酯化合物),係指具有 1~12個呋喃糖構造或呱喃醣構造的化合物,且該化合物 中的羥基的全部或一部份為經酯化的化合物。可以防水解之目的來添加糖酯系可塑劑。 Sugar ester plasticizer (sugar ester compound) means a compound having 1 to 12 furanose structures or a pentose structure, and the compound All or a portion of the hydroxyl groups in the group are esterified compounds. A sugar ester type plasticizer can be added for the purpose of water repellency.

作為本發明相關的糖酯化合物的合成原料的 糖之例,列舉例如葡萄糖、半乳糖、甘露糖、果糖、木糖、或是阿拉伯糖、乳糖、蔗糖等。 As a raw material for synthesizing a sugar ester compound related to the present invention Examples of the sugar include, for example, glucose, galactose, mannose, fructose, xylose, or arabinose, lactose, sucrose, and the like.

作為將呱喃醣構造或呋喃糖構造中的OH基的 全數或一部份予以酯化時所使用的單羧酸,未特別限制,可使用習知的脂肪族單羧酸、脂環族單羧酸、芳香族單羧酸等。所使用的羧酸可為1種,亦可混合2種以上。 As an OH group in a rutose structure or a furanose structure The monocarboxylic acid to be used in the esterification of all or a part is not particularly limited, and a conventional aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, aromatic monocarboxylic acid or the like can be used. The carboxylic acid to be used may be one type or two or more types.

作為較佳的脂肪族單羧酸之例,可舉例如乙 酸、丙酸、丁酸、異丁酸、戊酸等。 As an example of a preferred aliphatic monocarboxylic acid, for example, Acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, isobutyric acid, valeric acid, and the like.

作為較佳的脂環族單羧酸之例,可舉例如環 戊烷羧酸、環己烷羧酸、環辛烷羧酸、或該等之衍生物。 As an example of a preferred alicyclic monocarboxylic acid, for example, a ring Pentanecarboxylic acid, cyclohexanecarboxylic acid, cyclooctanecarboxylic acid, or derivatives thereof.

作為較佳的芳香族單羧酸之例,可舉例如於 安息香酸、苯基乙酸、甲苯甲酸等的安息香酸的苯環導入1~5個之烷基或烷氧基所成之芳香族單羧酸、桂皮酸、二苯羥乙酸、聯苯羧酸、萘羧酸、四氫萘羧酸等的具有2個以上苯環的芳香族單羧酸、或該等之衍生物,特佳為安息香酸。 As an example of a preferable aromatic monocarboxylic acid, for example, a benzoic acid benzoic acid such as benzoic acid, phenylacetic acid or toluic acid is introduced into an aromatic monocarboxylic acid, cinnamic acid, diphenylglycolic acid or biphenylcarboxylic acid, which is formed by introducing 1 to 5 alkyl groups or alkoxy groups. An aromatic monocarboxylic acid having two or more benzene rings such as naphthalenecarboxylic acid or tetrahydronaphthalenecarboxylic acid, or a derivative thereof, is particularly preferably benzoic acid.

作為如此般的糖酯的較佳例,係包含下述通 式(FA)所表示的蔗糖酯。 As a preferred example of such a sugar ester, the following A sucrose ester represented by the formula (FA).

通式(FA)的R1~R8分別獨立示為氫原子、取代或未取代之烷基羰基、或取代或未取代之芳基羰基。R1~R8可互為相同或相異。 R 1 to R 8 of the formula (FA) are each independently represented by a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group. R 1 to R 8 may be the same or different from each other.

取代或未取代之烷基羰基,較佳為碳原子數2以上的取代或未取代之烷基羰基。作為取代或未取代之烷基羰基之例,係包含甲基羰基(乙醯基)。作為烷基所具有的取代基之例,係包含苯基等的芳香族烴環基。 The substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group having 2 or more carbon atoms. As an example of the substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group, a methylcarbonyl group (ethenyl) is contained. Examples of the substituent of the alkyl group include an aromatic hydrocarbon ring group such as a phenyl group.

取代或未取代之芳基羰基,較佳為碳原子數7以上的取代或未取代之芳基羰基。作為芳基羰基之例,係包含苯基羰基。作為芳香族烴環基所具有的取代基之例,係包含甲基等的烷基、或甲氧基等的烷氧基等。 The substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group is preferably a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group having 7 or more carbon atoms. As an example of the arylcarbonyl group, a phenylcarbonyl group is contained. Examples of the substituent of the aromatic hydrocarbon ring group include an alkyl group such as a methyl group or an alkoxy group such as a methoxy group.

上述通式(FA)所表示的化合物,平均取代度較佳為3.0~8.0,又較佳為4.0~7.5,藉由更佳取為4.5~7.0之值,可高度兼具透濕性之控制、及與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性。 The compound represented by the above formula (FA) preferably has an average degree of substitution of from 3.0 to 8.0, more preferably from 4.0 to 7.5, and is more preferably controlled to have a moisture permeability by a value of from 4.5 to 7.0. And compatibility with cellulose acetate.

本發明中,所謂的通式(FA)所表示的化合物的取代度,係表示通式(FA)中所包含的8個羥基之中,被氫以外的取代基所取代之數,亦即,表示通式(FA)的R1~R8之中所包含的氫以外的基之數。因此,R1~R8為全部被氫以外的取代基所取代時,取代度為最大 值的8.0,R1~R8之全部為氫原子時,取代度為0.0。 In the present invention, the degree of substitution of the compound represented by the formula (FA) is a number substituted by a substituent other than hydrogen among the eight hydroxyl groups contained in the formula (FA), that is, The number of the base other than the hydrogen contained in R 1 to R 8 of the general formula (FA) is shown. Therefore, when R 1 to R 8 are all substituted by a substituent other than hydrogen, the degree of substitution is 8.0 which is the maximum value, and when all of R 1 to R 8 are a hydrogen atom, the degree of substitution is 0.0.

具有通式(FA)所表示構造的化合物,要合 成可固定羥基之數、OR基之數為單一種化合物有其困難,且已知會成為式中羥基之數、OR基不同的成分有數種類混合而成之化合物。因此,本發明中之通式(FA)之取代度方面,係以使用平均取代度為宜,並藉由常法,可以高速液體層析法由顯示取代度分布之圖表的面積比來測定平均取代度。 a compound having a structure represented by the formula (FA) It is difficult to form the number of the hydroxyl groups and the number of the OR groups, and it is known that the number of the hydroxyl groups in the formula and the components having different OR groups are mixed in several types. Therefore, in terms of the degree of substitution of the formula (FA) in the present invention, it is preferred to use an average degree of substitution, and the average ratio can be used to determine the average ratio of the area ratio of the graph showing the degree of substitution distribution by high-speed liquid chromatography. Degree of substitution.

通式(FA)中,R1~R8表示取代或未取代之 烷基羰基、或是取代或未取代之芳基羰基,R1~R8可相同或相異(以下,亦稱R1~R8為醯基)。R1~R8方面,具體而言,可舉出上述例示之糖酯化合物的合成時所用之來自單羧酸之醯基。 In the formula (FA), R 1 to R 8 represent a substituted or unsubstituted alkylcarbonyl group or a substituted or unsubstituted arylcarbonyl group, and R 1 to R 8 may be the same or different (hereinafter, also referred to as R 1 ) ~R 8 is a sulfhydryl group). Specific examples of R 1 to R 8 include a mercapto group derived from a monocarboxylic acid used in the synthesis of the above-exemplified sugar ester compound.

以下列舉本發明相關的糖酯化合物的具體 例,但在R1~R8之中任一者為同一取代基R時,本發明不受限於此。又,下述實施例中,將聚酯化合物以下述記號予以規定。尚,本發明中,R1~R8可使用分別相異的基之糖酯化合物。 Specific examples of the sugar ester compound according to the present invention are listed below. However, when any of R 1 to R 8 is the same substituent R, the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the following examples, the polyester compound is defined by the following symbols. Further, in the present invention, R 1 to R 8 may be each a sugar ester compound having a different basis.

本發明相關的糖酯化合物,可藉由使醯基化 劑(亦稱為酯化劑,例如,乙醯氯等的酸鹵化物、乙酸酐等的無水物)與前述糖反應來製造,取代度的分布雖可藉由醯基化劑之量、添加時機、酯化反應時間之調節來控制,但藉由取代度不同的糖酯化合物之混合、或是將純粹混合已單離之取代度不同的化合物,可調整目的之平均取 代度、取代度4以下的成分。 The saccharide ester compound of the present invention can be thiolated The agent (also known as an esterifying agent, for example, an acid halide such as acetamidine chloride or an anhydride such as acetic anhydride) is produced by reacting with the sugar, and the degree of substitution can be increased by the amount of the thiolating agent. Timing, adjustment of the esterification reaction time to control, but by mixing the sugar ester compounds with different degrees of substitution, or by simply mixing the compounds with different degrees of substitution, the average of the objects can be adjusted. A component with a degree of substitution or less than 4 degrees.

作為其他的糖酯之例,係包含日本特開昭 62-42996號公報及日本特開平10-237084號公報中記載的化合物。 As an example of other sugar esters, it includes the Japanese special opening A compound described in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10-237084.

又,聚酯系可塑劑未特別限定,可使用例如 可藉由二羧酸或該等之酯形成性衍生物與二醇之縮合反應所得之末端為羥基(OH基)之聚合物(聚酯多元醇)、或該聚酯多元醇之末端的羥基被單羧酸所封閉之聚合物(末端封閉聚酯)。在此所謂的酯形成性衍生物,係指二羧酸的酯化物、二羧酸醯氯、二羧酸的無水物。 Further, the polyester-based plasticizer is not particularly limited, and for example, for example, a hydroxyl group (OH group) polymer (polyester polyol) obtained by condensation reaction of a dicarboxylic acid or the ester-forming derivative with a diol, or a hydroxyl group at the terminal of the polyester polyol A polymer blocked by a monocarboxylic acid (end blocking polyester). The ester-forming derivative herein means an esterified product of a dicarboxylic acid, cerium chloride dicarboxylate or an anhydrous product of a dicarboxylic acid.

較佳為使用下述通式(FB-1)所表示的聚酯 系可塑劑,就高度兼具透濕性之控制、及與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性之觀點而言,故較佳。 It is preferred to use a polyester represented by the following formula (FB-1) The plasticizer is preferred because it has a high degree of moisture permeability control and compatibility with cellulose acetate.

上述式中,B示為碳數2以上6以下的直鏈 或分支的伸烷基、或伸環烷基,A示為碳數6以上14以下的芳香族環基、或碳數4~12的脂肪族基,n示為1以上的自然數。 In the above formula, B is a linear chain having a carbon number of 2 or more and 6 or less. Or a branched alkyl group or a cycloalkyl group, and A is an aromatic ring group having a carbon number of 6 or more and 14 or less, or an aliphatic group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, and n is a natural number of 1 or more.

上述式所表示的化合物,係以由具有芳香環 的二羧酸(亦稱為芳香族二羧酸)、及碳數2以上6以下的直鏈或分支的烷二醇或環烷二醇所得到,且兩末端未被單羧酸封閉為其特徵。 The compound represented by the above formula has an aromatic ring a dicarboxylic acid (also known as an aromatic dicarboxylic acid) and a linear or branched alkanediol or a cycloalkanediol having a carbon number of 2 or more and 6 or less, and having both ends unblocked by a monocarboxylic acid .

作為碳數6以上16以下的芳香族二羧酸,舉 例如鄰苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、1,5-萘二羧酸、1,4-萘二羧酸、1,8-萘二羧酸、2,3-萘二羧酸、2,6-萘二羧酸、2,8-萘二羧酸、2,2’-聯苯二羧酸、4,4’-聯苯二羧酸等。之中較佳為鄰苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸。 As an aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 6 or more and 16 or less carbon atoms, For example, phthalic acid, isophthalic acid, terephthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 1,8-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 2,3-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid Acid, 2,6-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 2,8-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 2,2'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid, 4,4'-biphenyldicarboxylic acid, and the like. Among them, phthalic acid and terephthalic acid are preferred.

作為碳數4以上12以下的芳香族二羧酸,舉 例如1,2-乙烷二羧酸(琥珀酸)、1,3-丙烷二羧酸(戊二酸)、1,4-丁烷二羧酸(己二酸)、1,5-戊烷二羧酸(庚二酸)、1,8-辛烷二羧酸(癸二酸)等,特佳為己二酸、琥珀酸。 As an aromatic dicarboxylic acid having 4 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms, For example, 1,2-ethanedicarboxylic acid (succinic acid), 1,3-propanedicarboxylic acid (glutaric acid), 1,4-butanedicarboxylic acid (adipate), 1,5-pentane Dicarboxylic acid (pimelic acid), 1,8-octane dicarboxylic acid (sebacic acid), etc., particularly preferably adipic acid or succinic acid.

又,以提昇薄膜強度之觀點而言,二羧酸亦較佳為混合芳香族二羧酸、脂肪族二羧酸。 Further, from the viewpoint of enhancing the strength of the film, the dicarboxylic acid is preferably a mixed aromatic dicarboxylic acid or an aliphatic dicarboxylic acid.

作為碳數為2以上6以下的直鏈或分支的烷二醇或環烷二醇,舉例如乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇、1,6-己二醇、1,4-環己二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇等。之中,較佳為乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,3-丁二醇。 Examples of the linear or branched alkanediol or cycloalkanediol having a carbon number of 2 or more and 6 or less include ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, 1,2-butanediol, and 1 , 3-butanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol, 1,6 - hexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol or the like. Among them, ethylene glycol, 1,2-propylene glycol, 1,3-propanediol, and 1,3-butylene glycol are preferred.

之中,A為可具有取代基之萘環或聯苯環,就得到本發明之效果而言為宜。在此,所謂的取代基,係指碳數1以上6以下的烷基、烯基、烷氧基。 Among them, A is a naphthalene ring or a biphenyl ring which may have a substituent, and it is preferred to obtain the effects of the present invention. Here, the term "substituent" means an alkyl group, an alkenyl group or an alkoxy group having 1 or more and 6 or less carbon atoms.

作為上述聚酯化合物之羥基價(OH價),較佳為100mgKOH/g以上500mgKOH/g以下,更佳為170mgKOH/g~400mgKOH/g。當羥基價為此範圍時,與纖 維素乙酸酯之相溶性會變成合適者。 The hydroxyl value (OH number) of the polyester compound is preferably 100 mgKOH/g or more and 500 mgKOH/g or less, more preferably 170 mgKOH/g to 400 mgKOH/g. When the hydroxyl value is for this range, The compatibility of the vitamin acetate will become suitable.

當羥基價為400mgKOH/g以下時,聚酯化合 物之疏水性不會變得過大;當羥基價為170mgKOH/g以上時,聚酯化合物彼此間的分子間相互作用(氫鍵等)不會變得過強,因而認為可防止在薄膜中的析出。 Polyester compound when the hydroxyl value is 400 mgKOH/g or less The hydrophobicity of the substance does not become excessively large; when the hydroxyl group is 170 mgKOH/g or more, the intermolecular interaction (hydrogen bond, etc.) of the polyester compounds does not become too strong, and thus it is considered that the film can be prevented from being excessively strong. Precipitate.

又,羥基價之測定,可適用日本工業規格 JIS K1557-1:2007中所記載的乙酸酐法等。 Also, the measurement of the hydroxyl value can be applied to Japanese industrial specifications. JIS K1557-1: The acetic anhydride method described in 2007.

上述聚酯化合物的數平均分子量(Mn),可 由下述式來計算。 The number average molecular weight (Mn) of the above polyester compound is It is calculated by the following formula.

[數1]Mn=(分子中的羥基之數)×56110/(羥基價)=2×56110/(羥基價) [Number 1] Mn = (number of hydroxyl groups in the molecule) × 56110 / (hydroxyl number) = 2 × 56110 / (hydroxyl price)

Mn=(分子中的羥基之數)×56110/(羥基價)=2×56110/(羥基價) Mn = (number of hydroxyl groups in the molecule) × 56110 / (hydroxyl number) = 2 × 56110 / (hydroxyl price)

尚,聚酯化合物的較佳數平均分子量為300~2000。 Further, the preferred number average molecular weight of the polyester compound is from 300 to 2,000.

上述聚酯化合物,可藉由依據常法使上述二羧酸與二醇的聚酯化反應或酯交換反應來進行之熱熔融縮合法,或是藉由該等酸的醯氯與二醇類之界面縮合法中的任一方法,亦可容易地合成。 The polyester compound may be subjected to a hot melt condensation method by a polyesterification reaction or a transesterification reaction of the above dicarboxylic acid and a diol according to a usual method, or a ruthenium chloride and a diol derived from the acid. Any of the methods of the interface condensation method can also be easily synthesized.

以下為示例上述聚酯化合物。 The following polyester compounds are exemplified below.

較佳為使用下述通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯 系可塑劑,就高度兼具透濕性之控制、及與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性之觀點而言,故較佳。 It is preferred to use a polyester represented by the following formula (FB-2) The plasticizer is preferred because it has a high degree of moisture permeability control and compatibility with cellulose acetate.

【化92】一般式(FB-2) B-(G-A)n-G-B [92] General formula (FB-2) B-(GA) n -GB

上述通式(FB-2)中,B示為羥基或羧酸殘基,G示為碳數2~18之烷二醇殘基或碳數6~12之芳二醇殘基或碳數為4~12之氧烷二醇殘基,A示為碳數4~12之伸烷基二羧酸殘基或碳數6~12之芳基二羧酸殘基,n示為1以上之整數。 In the above formula (FB-2), B is a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid residue, and G is an alkanediol residue having a carbon number of 2 to 18 or an aromatic diol residue having a carbon number of 6 to 12 or a carbon number of 4~12 oxyalkylene glycol residue, A is shown as a C4 to 12 alkyl dicarboxylic acid residue or a C6 to 12 aryl dicarboxylic acid residue, and n is an integer of 1 or more. .

通式(FB-2)中,係由B所示之羥基或羧酸殘基、G所示之烷二醇殘基或氧烷二醇殘基或芳二醇殘基、與A所示之伸烷基二羧酸殘基或芳基二羧酸殘基所構成者,並藉由與一般的酯系化合物同樣之反應所得。 In the formula (FB-2), it is a hydroxyl group or a carboxylic acid residue represented by B, an alkylene glycol residue represented by G, or an oxyalkylene glycol residue or an aromatic diol residue, and is represented by A. It is composed of an alkyl dicarboxylic acid residue or an aryl dicarboxylic acid residue and is obtained by the same reaction as a general ester compound.

作為通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系化合物的羧酸成分,有例如乙酸、丙酸、丁酸、安息香酸、對叔丁基安息香酸、鄰甲苯甲酸、間甲苯甲酸、對甲苯甲酸、二甲基安息香酸、乙基安息香酸、正丙基安息香酸、胺基安息香酸、乙醯氧基安息香酸、脂肪族酸等,該等可分別使用1種或2種以上之混合物。 The carboxylic acid component of the polyester compound represented by the formula (FB-2) includes, for example, acetic acid, propionic acid, butyric acid, benzoic acid, p-tert-butyl benzoic acid, o-toluic acid, m-toluic acid, p-toluene. Formic acid, dimethyl benzoic acid, ethyl benzoic acid, n-propyl benzoic acid, aminobenzoic acid, ethoxylated benzoic acid, an aliphatic acid, etc., may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系化合物的碳數2~18之烷二醇成分,係有乙二醇、1,2-丙二醇、1,3-丙二醇、1,2-丁二醇、1,3-丁二醇、1,2-丙二醇、2-甲基-1,3-丙二醇、1,4-丁二醇、1,5-戊二醇、2,2-二甲基-1,3-丙二醇(新戊二醇)、2,2-二乙基-1,3-丙二醇(3,3-二羥甲基戊烷)、2-n-丁基-2-乙基-1,3-丙二醇(3,3-二羥甲基庚 烷)、3-甲基-1,5-戊二醇1,6-己二醇、2,2,4-三甲基-1,3-戊二醇、2-乙基-1,3-己二醇、2-甲基-1,8-辛二醇、1,9-壬二醇、1,10-癸二醇、1,12-十八烷二醇等,該等二醇,可使用1種或2種以上之混合物。 The alkanediol component having 2 to 18 carbon atoms of the polyester compound represented by the formula (FB-2) is ethylene glycol, 1,2-propanediol, 1,3-propanediol, and 1,2-butylene. Glycol, 1,3-butanediol, 1,2-propanediol, 2-methyl-1,3-propanediol, 1,4-butanediol, 1,5-pentanediol, 2,2-dimethyl -1,3-propanediol (neopentyl glycol), 2,2-diethyl-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dihydroxymethylpentane), 2-n-butyl-2-ethyl 1,3-1,3-propanediol (3,3-dihydroxymethylglycol) Alkane), 3-methyl-1,5-pentanediol 1,6-hexanediol, 2,2,4-trimethyl-1,3-pentanediol, 2-ethyl-1,3- Hexanediol, 2-methyl-1,8-octanediol, 1,9-nonanediol, 1,10-nonanediol, 1,12-octadecanediol, etc., such diols, One type or a mixture of two or more types is used.

特別是碳數2~12之烷二醇,由於與纖維素乙 酸酯之相溶性優異,故特佳。又較佳為碳數2~6之烷二醇,更佳為碳數2~4之烷二醇。 Especially alkanediol with a carbon number of 2~12, due to the cellulose B The acid ester is excellent in compatibility, so it is particularly preferable. Further, it is preferably an alkanediol having 2 to 6 carbon atoms, more preferably an alkanediol having 2 to 4 carbon atoms.

作為通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系可塑劑的 碳數6~12之芳二醇,有例如1,4-環己二醇、1,4-環己烷二甲醇、環己烷二乙醇、1,4-苯二甲醇等的環狀二醇類,該等二醇,可使用一種或二種以上之混合物。 As a polyester plasticizer represented by the general formula (FB-2) An aromatic diol having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, for example, a cyclic diol such as 1,4-cyclohexanediol, 1,4-cyclohexanedimethanol, cyclohexane diethanol or 1,4-benzenedimethanol. As the diol, one or a mixture of two or more kinds may be used.

又,作為上述通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系 化合物的碳數4~12之氧烷二醇成分,有例如二乙二醇、三乙二醇、四乙二醇、二丙二醇、三丙二醇等,該等二醇,可使用1種或2種以上之混合物。 Further, as the polyester system represented by the above formula (FB-2) Examples of the compound having a carbon number of 4 to 12 oxyalkylene glycols include diethylene glycol, triethylene glycol, tetraethylene glycol, dipropylene glycol, and tripropylene glycol. These diols may be used alone or in combination of two or two. The above mixture.

作為通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系化合物的 碳數4~12之伸烷基二羧酸成分,有例如琥珀酸、馬來酸、富馬酸、戊二酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、十二烷二羧酸等,該等可分別使用1種或2種以上之混合物。 As the polyester compound represented by the formula (FB-2) The alkyl dicarboxylic acid component having 4 to 12 carbon atoms, such as succinic acid, maleic acid, fumaric acid, glutaric acid, adipic acid, sebacic acid, sebacic acid, dodecane dicarboxylic acid, etc. These may be used alone or in combination of two or more.

作為通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系化合物的 碳數6~12之芳基二羧酸成分,係有鄰苯二甲酸、對苯二甲酸、間苯二甲酸、1,5-萘二羧酸、1,4-萘二羧酸等。 As the polyester compound represented by the formula (FB-2) The aryldicarboxylic acid component having 6 to 12 carbon atoms is phthalic acid, terephthalic acid, isophthalic acid, 1,5-naphthalene dicarboxylic acid, 1,4-naphthalenedicarboxylic acid or the like.

通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系化合物,重量 平均分子量較佳為300~3000,又較佳以350~1500之範圍 為合適。又,該酸價為0.5mgKOH/g以下,羥基(羥基)價為25mgKOH/g以下;又較佳為酸價0.3mgKOH/g以下,羥基(羥基)價為15mgKOH/g以下者。 Polyester compound represented by the formula (FB-2), weight The average molecular weight is preferably from 300 to 3,000, and preferably from 350 to 1500. As appropriate. Further, the acid value is 0.5 mgKOH/g or less, the hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group) is 25 mgKOH/g or less, the acid value is preferably 0.3 mgKOH/g or less, and the hydroxyl group (hydroxyl group) is 15 mgKOH/g or less.

聚酯系可塑劑之重量平均分子量,係藉由使 用以下述測定條件所致的凝膠滲透層析法(GPC)之測定來計算出。 The weight average molecular weight of the polyester plasticizer is It was calculated by the measurement of gel permeation chromatography (GPC) by the following measurement conditions.

[化93] [化93]

溶劑:四氫呋喃(THF) Solvent: tetrahydrofuran (THF)

管柱:TSKgel G2000HXL(東曹(股)製,以2支連接使用) Pipe column: TSKgel G2000HXL (Tosoh Co., Ltd., used in 2 connections)

管柱溫度:40℃ Column temperature: 40 ° C

試樣濃度:0.1質量% Sample concentration: 0.1% by mass

裝置:HLC-8220(東曹(股)製) Device: HLC-8220 (Dongcao (share) system)

流量:1.0ml/min Flow rate: 1.0ml/min

校正曲線:使用PStQuick F(東曹(股)製)之校正曲線。 Calibration curve: Use the calibration curve of PStQuick F (Tosoh Corporation).

以下雖示例可用於本發明之通式(FB-2)所表示的聚酯系化合物的具體化合物,但本發明並不受此限定。又,下述實施例中,以下述記號來規定聚酯系化合物。 Although specific examples of the polyester compound represented by the formula (FB-2) of the present invention are exemplified below, the present invention is not limited thereto. Further, in the following examples, the polyester compound is defined by the following symbols.

聚酯系可塑劑之黏度雖然會依分子構造或分 子量而有所不同,但己二酸系可塑劑之情形時,由於與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性高、且賦予塑性之效果為高等,故較佳為200~5000mPa‧s(25℃)之範圍。聚酯系可塑劑可為一種類,亦可併用二種以上。 The viscosity of polyester-based plasticizers may depend on molecular structure or The amount is different, but in the case of an adipic acid plasticizer, since it has high compatibility with cellulose acetate and has a high effect of imparting plasticity, it is preferably 200 to 5000 mPa·s (25 ° C). The scope of). The polyester-based plasticizers may be one type or two or more types may be used in combination.

多元醇酯系可塑劑,係2價以上的「脂肪族 多元醇」、與「單羧酸」之酯化合物(醇酯),較佳為2~20價的脂肪族多元醇酯。多元醇酯系化合物,較佳於分子內具有芳香環或環烷環。 Polyol ester-based plasticizer, which is an aliphatic type of 2 or more The ester compound (alcohol ester) of the "polyol" and "monocarboxylic acid" is preferably a 2 to 20-valent aliphatic polyol ester. The polyol ester compound preferably has an aromatic ring or a cycloalkane ring in the molecule.

多元醇酯系可塑劑的具體例而言,係包含三 羥甲基丙烷三乙酸酯、三羥甲基丙烷安息香酸酯、新戊四醇四乙酸酯、日本特開2008-88292號公報中記載的通式(I)所表示的酯化合物(A)等。 In the specific example of the polyol ester-based plasticizer, it includes three The ester compound represented by the formula (I) described in JP-A-2008-88292, hydroxymethylpropane triacetate, trimethylolpropane benzoate, pentaerythritol tetraacetate )Wait.

多元羧酸酯系可塑劑,係2價以上(較佳為 2~20價)的「多元羧酸」、與「醇化合物」之酯化合物。多元羧酸較佳為2~20價的脂肪族多元羧酸、3~20價的芳香族多元羧酸、或3~20價的脂環式多元羧酸。 a polycarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer, which is 2 or more (preferably An ester compound of "polycarboxylic acid" and "alcohol compound" of 2 to 20 valence. The polyvalent carboxylic acid is preferably a 2 to 20-valent aliphatic polycarboxylic acid, a 3 to 20-valent aromatic polycarboxylic acid, or a 3 to 20-valent alicyclic polycarboxylic acid.

作為多元羧酸之例,係包含如偏苯三甲酸、 對稱苯三甲酸、焦蜜石酸般之3價以上的芳香族多元羧酸或該衍生物;琥珀酸、己二酸、壬二酸、癸二酸、草酸、富馬酸、馬來酸、四氫鄰苯二甲酸般之脂肪族多元羧酸;酒石酸、丙醇二酸、蘋果酸、檸檬酸般之氧基多元羧酸等,為了抑制從薄膜之揮發,較佳為氧基多元羧酸。 As an example of the polycarboxylic acid, it contains, for example, trimellitic acid, Aromatic polycarboxylic acid or a derivative thereof having a valence of 3 or more symmetrical benzenetricarboxylic acid or pyromic acid; succinic acid, adipic acid, azelaic acid, sebacic acid, oxalic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, Aliphatic polycarboxylic acid like tetrahydrophthalic acid; tartaric acid, propanol diacid, malic acid, citric acid-like oxypolycarboxylic acid, etc., in order to suppress volatilization from the film, preferably oxypolycarboxylic acid .

作為醇化合物之例,係包含具有直鏈或側鏈 的脂肪族飽和醇化合物、具有直鏈或側鏈的脂肪族不飽和醇化合物、脂環式醇化合物或芳香族醇化合物等。脂肪族飽和醇化合物或脂肪族不飽和醇化合物之碳數,較佳為1~32,又較佳為1~20,更佳為1~10。作為脂環式醇化合物之例,係包含環戊醇、環己醇等。作為芳香族醇化合物之例,係包含酚、對甲酚、二甲基酚、苄醇、桂皮醇等。 醇化合物可為一種類,亦可為二種以上之混合物。 As an example of an alcohol compound, it has a linear or side chain An aliphatic saturated alcohol compound, an aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound having a linear or side chain, an alicyclic alcohol compound or an aromatic alcohol compound, or the like. The carbon number of the aliphatic saturated alcohol compound or the aliphatic unsaturated alcohol compound is preferably from 1 to 32, more preferably from 1 to 20, still more preferably from 1 to 10. Examples of the alicyclic alcohol compound include cyclopentanol, cyclohexanol and the like. Examples of the aromatic alcohol compound include phenol, p-cresol, dimethylphenol, benzyl alcohol, cinnamyl alcohol and the like. The alcohol compounds may be one type or a mixture of two or more types.

多元羧酸酯系可塑劑之分子量未特別限制, 但較佳為300~1000之範圍內,又較佳為350~750之範圍內。多元羧酸酯系可塑劑之分子量,就抑制滲出之觀點而言,越大者越佳。就透濕性、或與纖維素乙酸酯之相溶性之觀點而言,越小者越佳。 The molecular weight of the polycarboxylate-based plasticizer is not particularly limited. However, it is preferably in the range of 300 to 1000, and preferably in the range of 350 to 750. The molecular weight of the polycarboxylic acid ester-based plasticizer is preferably as large as possible in terms of suppressing bleeding. From the viewpoint of moisture permeability or compatibility with cellulose acetate, the smaller the better.

作為多元羧酸酯系可塑劑之例,係包含日本 特開2008-88292號公報中記載的通式(II)所表示的酯化合物(B)等。 As an example of a polycarboxylic acid ester type plasticizer, it includes Japan. The ester compound (B) represented by the formula (II) described in JP-A-2008-88292.

多元羧酸酯系可塑劑,係亦可為鄰苯二甲酸 酯系可塑劑。作為鄰苯二甲酸酯系可塑劑之例,係包含鄰苯二甲酸二乙酯、鄰苯二甲酸二甲氧基乙酯、鄰苯二甲酸二甲酯、鄰苯二甲酸二辛酯、鄰苯二甲酸二丁酯、鄰苯二甲酸二-2-乙基己酯、鄰苯二甲酸二環己酯、對苯二甲酸二環己酯等。 Polycarboxylate-based plasticizer, which may also be phthalic acid Ester-based plasticizer. Examples of the phthalate-based plasticizer include diethyl phthalate, dimethoxyethyl phthalate, dimethyl phthalate, dioctyl phthalate, Dibutyl phthalate, di-2-ethylhexyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl phthalate, dicyclohexyl terephthalate, and the like.

作為乙醇酸酯系可塑劑之例,係包含烷基鄰 苯二甲醯基乙醇酸烷基酯類。作為烷基鄰苯二甲醯基乙醇酸烷基酯類之例,係包含甲基鄰苯二甲醯基乙醇酸甲酯、 乙基鄰苯二甲醯基乙醇酸乙酯、丙基鄰苯二甲醯基乙醇酸丙酯、丁基鄰苯二甲醯基乙醇酸丁酯、辛基鄰苯二甲醯基乙醇酸辛酯等。 As an example of a glycolate plasticizer, it contains an alkyl ortho Alkyl phthalic acid glycolate. Examples of alkyl alkyl phthalic acid glycolic acid esters include methyl phthalic acid methyl ester, Ethyl ethyl phthalate, ethyl propyl phthalate, butyl butyl phthalate, octyl octyl phthalate Wait.

作為酯系可塑劑,係包含脂肪酸酯系可塑 劑、檸檬酸酯系可塑劑、磷酸酯系可塑劑、偏苯三甲酸系可塑劑等。 As an ester-based plasticizer, it contains a fatty acid ester-based plasticizer. Agent, citrate-based plasticizer, phosphate-based plasticizer, trimellitic acid-based plasticizer, and the like.

作為脂肪酸酯系可塑劑之例,係包含油酸丁 酯、蓖麻酸乙醯基甲酯、癸二酸二丁酯等。作為檸檬酸酯系可塑劑之例,係包含檸檬酸乙醯基三甲酯、檸檬酸乙醯基三乙酯、檸檬酸乙醯基三丁酯等。作為磷酸酯系可塑劑之例,係包含磷酸三苯酯、磷酸三甲苯酯、磷酸甲苯基二苯基酯、磷酸辛基二苯基酯、磷酸二苯基聯苯基酯(BDP)、磷酸三辛酯、磷酸三丁酯等。作為偏苯三甲酸系可塑劑之例,係包含偏苯三甲酸辛酯、偏苯三甲酸n-辛酯、偏苯三甲酸異癸酯、偏苯三甲酸異壬酯等。 As an example of a fatty acid ester plasticizer, it contains oleic acid Ester, ethyl decyl methyl citrate, dibutyl sebacate, and the like. Examples of the citrate-based plasticizer include ethoxylated trimethyl citrate, ethionyl triethyl citrate, acetyl citrate tributyl acrylate, and the like. Examples of the phosphate-based plasticizer include triphenyl phosphate, tricresyl phosphate, tolyl diphenyl phosphate, octyl diphenyl phosphate, diphenyl biphenyl phosphate (BDP), and phosphoric acid. Trioctyl ester, tributyl phosphate, and the like. Examples of the trimellitic acid-based plasticizer include octyl trimellitate, n-octyl trimellitate, isodecyl trimellitate, isodecyl trimellitate and the like.

上述可塑劑之含有量未特別限制,相對於保 護薄膜B(纖維素乙酸酯薄膜)中所包含的纖維素乙酸酯100質量%,較佳為0.1~30質量%之範圍內,又較佳為5~20質量%之範圍內。只要是如此般的量,纖維素乙酸酯薄膜將不易產生滲出。 The content of the above plasticizer is not particularly limited, as opposed to The cellulose acetate contained in the protective film B (cellulose acetate film) is preferably 100% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably 5 to 20% by mass. As long as such an amount, the cellulose acetate film will not easily bleed out.

(其他的添加劑) (other additives)

又,本發明相關的保護薄膜B中,以取代上述可塑劑、或是除了可塑劑以外,可因應所需地進而包含其他的 添加劑。作為如此般其他的添加劑未特別限制,可列舉例如氫鍵性化合物、活性劑、抗氧化劑、著色劑、紫外線吸收劑、消光劑、丙烯酸粒子、氫鍵性溶劑、離子性界面活性劑等。 Further, in the protective film B according to the present invention, in place of the above plasticizer, or in addition to the plasticizer, other materials may be included as needed. additive. The other additives are not particularly limited, and examples thereof include a hydrogen bond compound, an active agent, an antioxidant, a colorant, an ultraviolet absorber, a matting agent, acrylic particles, a hydrogen bonding solvent, and an ionic surfactant.

上述氫鍵性化合物可降低遲滯值Rt之對於濕 度變化之變動。在此,作為氫鍵性化合物,較佳為於一分子中具有至少由複數個羥基、胺基、硫醇基、羧酸基所選出的官能基,又較佳為於一分子內具有複數個相異的官能基,特佳為於一分子內具有羥基與羧酸基。 The above hydrogen bonding compound can reduce the hysteresis value Rt for wet Changes in degree of change. Here, as the hydrogen-bonding compound, it is preferred to have a functional group selected from at least a plurality of hydroxyl groups, amine groups, thiol groups, and carboxylic acid groups in one molecule, and it is preferred to have a plurality of functional groups in one molecule. The dissimilar functional group particularly preferably has a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group in one molecule.

該氫鍵性化合物,作為母核,以含有1~2個 的芳香族環為較佳,將於一分子中所含有的前述官能基之數除以化合物之分子量,所得之值較佳為0.01以上。 The hydrogen bond compound, as a mother core, contains 1 or 2 The aromatic ring is preferred, and the number of the aforementioned functional groups contained in one molecule is divided by the molecular weight of the compound, and the value obtained is preferably 0.01 or more.

上述效果,係推測由於上述氫鍵性化合物為 鍵結(氫鍵)於前述纖維素乙酸酯與水分子相互作用(氫鍵)之部位,以抑制因水分子之脫離所造成的電荷分布之變化之方式而產生作用之故。 The above effects are presumed to be due to the above hydrogen bonding compound. A bond (hydrogen bond) acts on a portion where the cellulose acetate interacts with a water molecule (hydrogen bond) to suppress a change in charge distribution due to detachment of water molecules.

作為具體化合物例,舉例如日本特開 2012-82235號公報中記載的示例化合物E-104。 As a specific compound example, for example, Japanese special open Exemplary compound E-104 described in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2012-82235.

氫鍵性化合物,相對於纖維素乙酸酯100質 量份,可添加1~30質量份之範圍。 Hydrogen bonding compound, relative to cellulose acetate 100 The amount can be added in the range of 1 to 30 parts by mass.

本發明相關的保護薄膜B,以作為賦予紫外 線吸收機能為目的,亦較佳為含有紫外線吸收劑。作為紫外線吸收劑未特別限定,可使用與可含有於保護薄膜A的上述者為相同者。 The protective film B related to the present invention serves as an ultraviolet ray For the purpose of line absorption function, it is also preferred to contain an ultraviolet absorber. The ultraviolet absorber is not particularly limited, and the same as those described above which can be contained in the protective film A can be used.

作為保護薄膜B的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜中,紫 外線吸收劑的使用量會依紫外線吸收劑之種類、使用條件等而相異,一般而言,相對於纖維素乙酸酯100質量%,較佳以0.05~10質量%,又較佳以0.1~5質量%之範圍予以添加。 In the cellulose acetate film as the protective film B, purple The amount of the external absorbent to be used varies depending on the type of the ultraviolet absorber, the use conditions, etc., and is generally 0.05 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1%, based on 100% by mass of the cellulose acetate. A range of ~5 mass% is added.

消光劑為賦予薄膜滑動性之微粒子,只要是 無損所得到的薄膜的透明性且熔融時具耐熱性即可,可任意為無機化合物或有機化合物。該等消光劑可單獨使用,亦可併用2種以上使用。藉由併用粒徑或形狀(例如針狀與球狀等)相異的粒子,亦可高度地兼具透明性與滑動性。此等之中,因與前述丙烯酸共聚物或作為使其相溶之樹脂用的纖維素乙酸酯的折射率相近之故,以使用透明性(霧度)優異的二氧化矽為特佳。 The matting agent is a fine particle that imparts slidability to the film, as long as it is The transparency of the obtained film may be impaired and heat resistance at the time of melting, and may be any inorganic compound or organic compound. These matting agents may be used singly or in combination of two or more. By using particles having a particle size or shape (for example, a needle shape or a spherical shape) in combination, transparency and slidability can be highly combined. Among these, cerium oxide having excellent transparency (haze) is particularly preferred because it has a refractive index close to that of the acrylic copolymer or the cellulose acetate used as the resin.

作為二氧化矽的具體例,較佳可使用具有 Aerosil 200V、Aerosil R972V、Aerosil R972、R974、R812、200、300、R202、OX50、TT600、NAX50(以上為日本Aerosil(股)製)、seahostar KEP-10、seahostar KEP-30、seahostar KEP-50(以上為(股)日本觸媒製)、sylophobic 100(Fuji Silysia製)、nipsil E220A(日本silica工業製)、admafine SO(Admatechs製)等商品名的市售品等。 As a specific example of cerium oxide, it is preferred to use Aerosil 200V, Aerosil R972V, Aerosil R972, R974, R812, 200, 300, R202, OX50, TT600, NAX50 (above is made by Japan Aerosil Co., Ltd.), seahostar KEP-10, seahostar KEP-30, seahostar KEP-50 ( The above are commercially available products of the trade names such as Nippon Shokubai Co., Ltd., sylophobic 100 (manufactured by Fuji Silysia Co., Ltd.), nipsil E220A (manufactured by Japan Silka Co., Ltd.), and admafine SO (manufactured by Admatechs Co., Ltd.).

粒子的形狀方面,可使用不定形、針狀、扁 平、球狀等,未特別限制,特別是使用球狀的粒子時,所得的薄膜的透明性良好,故較佳。 In terms of the shape of the particles, amorphous, needle-like, flat The flatness, the spherical shape, and the like are not particularly limited, and in particular, when spherical particles are used, the obtained film has good transparency, which is preferable.

粒子的大小,若接近可見光波長時,則因光 會散射而透明性差之故,係以小於可見光波長者為佳,再者,以可見光波長之1/2以下者為較佳。粒子的大小若太小,則會有無法改善滑動性之情形,以80nm~180nm之範圍為特佳。尚,所謂粒子的大小,意指粒子為1次粒子之凝聚體時的凝聚體大小。又,粒子不為球狀時,意指相當於該投影面積之圓的直徑。 The size of the particle, if it is close to the wavelength of visible light, the light If it is scattered and the transparency is poor, it is preferably one which is smaller than the wavelength of visible light, and more preferably 1/2 or less of the wavelength of visible light. If the particle size is too small, there is a case where the slidability cannot be improved, and it is particularly preferable in the range of 80 nm to 180 nm. Further, the size of the particles means the size of the aggregate when the particles are aggregates of primary particles. Further, when the particles are not spherical, they mean the diameter of a circle corresponding to the projected area.

消光劑,相對於樹脂(纖維素乙酸酯),可 添加0.05~10質量%,較佳為0.1~5質量%之範圍。 A matting agent, relative to a resin (cellulose acetate), It is added in the range of 0.05 to 10% by mass, preferably 0.1 to 5% by mass.

本發明相關的保護薄膜B,以能維持透明性 範圍內之量,可含有例如國際公開第2010/001668號說明書中記載的丙烯酸粒子。該丙烯酸粒子具有改善薄膜脆性之作用。 Protective film B related to the present invention to maintain transparency The amount in the range may contain, for example, the acrylic particles described in the specification of International Publication No. 2010/001668. The acrylic particles have an effect of improving film brittleness.

(薄膜的物性) (physical properties of the film)

以下,對於本發明中作為保護薄膜B的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的物性等,說明該特徵。 Hereinafter, the characteristics of the cellulose acetate film as the protective film B in the present invention will be described.

(膜厚) (film thickness)

保護薄膜B之膜厚未特別限制,較佳為12~60μm,又較佳為15~40μm,最佳為15~30μm。當保護薄膜B之膜厚為12μm以上時,就所謂的未有遲滯值之變動且不易生成顯示裝置的不均勻或漏光之觀點而言,故較佳;另一方面,當保護薄膜B之膜厚為60μm以下時,就所謂 的不易生成面板之翹曲之觀點而言,故較佳。 The film thickness of the protective film B is not particularly limited, but is preferably 12 to 60 μm, more preferably 15 to 40 μm, and most preferably 15 to 30 μm. When the film thickness of the protective film B is 12 μm or more, it is preferable from the viewpoint that there is no variation in hysteresis value and it is difficult to generate unevenness or light leakage of the display device; on the other hand, when the film of the protective film B is protected When the thickness is 60 μm or less, it is called It is preferable from the viewpoint that it is difficult to generate warpage of the panel.

(透明性) (transparency)

作為判斷纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的透明性之指標,係使用霧度值(濁度)。特別是在戶外所使用的液晶顯示裝置中,由於要求即使在明亮之場所亦能得到充分的亮度或高對比,故霧度值較佳為0.6%以下,又較佳為0.4%以下,更佳為0.3以下,最佳為0.2以下。作為散射薄膜使用時,霧度值亦可超出上述範圍。又,薄膜的內部霧度較佳為0.01~0.1,更佳為0.02~0.06。 As an index for judging the transparency of the cellulose acetate film, a haze value (turbidity) is used. In particular, in a liquid crystal display device used outdoors, it is required to obtain sufficient brightness or high contrast even in a bright place, so that the haze value is preferably 0.6% or less, preferably 0.4% or less, more preferably It is 0.3 or less, and the best is 0.2 or less. When used as a scattering film, the haze value may exceed the above range. Further, the internal haze of the film is preferably from 0.01 to 0.1, more preferably from 0.02 to 0.06.

又,作為本發明相關的保護薄膜B的纖維素 乙酸酯薄膜,該全光線透過率較佳為90%以上,又較佳為93%以上。又,作為現實上的上限為99%左右。 Further, as the cellulose of the protective film B related to the present invention In the acetate film, the total light transmittance is preferably 90% or more, and more preferably 93% or more. Moreover, as a realistic upper limit, it is about 99%.

霧度值及透過率,可使用霧度儀來予以測 定。 Haze value and transmittance can be measured using a haze meter set.

滿足如上述般物性的薄膜,亦可較佳作為大 型液晶顯示裝置或戶外用途的液晶顯示裝置用偏光板保護薄膜來使用。 A film that satisfies the above physical properties, and is preferably as large A liquid crystal display device or a liquid crystal display device for outdoor use is used for a polarizing plate protective film.

(遲滯/retardation) (hysteresis / retardation)

作為保護薄膜B的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,關於該遲滯值未特別限制,以下述式(i)及(ii)定義的面內方向之遲滯值Ro為30~70nm之範圍內,且厚度方向之遲滯值Rt為95~140nm之範圍內者,就提昇搭載於VA型顯示裝置 時的對比‧視野角之觀點而言為較佳。特別是,面內方向之遲滯值Ro為45~60nm之範圍內,且厚度方向之遲滯值Rt為110~135nm之範圍內時,以提昇搭載於VA型顯示裝置時的對比‧視野角為特佳。 The cellulose acetate film as the protective film B is not particularly limited, and the hysteresis value Ro in the in-plane direction defined by the following formulas (i) and (ii) is in the range of 30 to 70 nm, and the thickness direction is When the hysteresis value Rt is in the range of 95 to 140 nm, it is mounted on the VA type display device. The contrast of the time ‧ the viewing angle is preferred. In particular, when the hysteresis value Ro in the in-plane direction is in the range of 45 to 60 nm and the hysteresis value Rt in the thickness direction is in the range of 110 to 135 nm, the contrast ‧ viewing angle when the VA type display device is mounted is improved. good.

式(i):Ro=(nx-ny)×d (nm) Formula (i): Ro = (n x - n y ) × d (nm)

式(ii):Rt={(nx+ny)/2-nz}×d (nm) Formula (ii): Rt={(n x +n y )/2-n z }×d (nm)

式(i)及(ii)中,nx表示在薄膜的面內方向中折射率為最大之方向x中的折射率。ny表示在薄膜的面內方向中,與前述方向x垂直之方向y中的折射率。nz表示薄膜的厚度方向z中的折射率。d表示薄膜的厚度(nm)。測定為在23℃‧55%RH之環境下,以590nm的測定波長所進行者。 In the formulae (i) and (ii), n x represents a refractive index in the direction x in which the refractive index is the largest in the in-plane direction of the film. n y represents the refractive index in the direction y perpendicular to the aforementioned direction x in the in-plane direction of the film. n z represents the refractive index in the thickness direction z of the film. d represents the thickness (nm) of the film. The measurement was carried out at a measurement wavelength of 590 nm in an environment of ‧55% RH at 23 °C.

(纖維素乙酸酯薄膜之製造方法) (Method for producing cellulose acetate film)

接著,對於纖維素乙酸酯薄膜之製造方法進行說明。但是本發明並不限定於此。 Next, a method of producing a cellulose acetate film will be described. However, the present invention is not limited to this.

作為纖維素乙酸酯薄膜之製造方法,可使用 通常的充氣法、T型模具法、壓延法、切削法、澆鑄法、乳化法、熱壓法等的製造法,但是就抑制著色、抑制異物之缺陷、抑制模具線等的光學缺陷等之觀點而言,製膜方法以溶液澆鑄製膜法及熔融澆鑄製膜法為較佳,特以溶液澆鑄製膜法,由於可得到均勻表面,故又較佳。 As a method for producing a cellulose acetate film, it can be used A manufacturing method such as a normal inflation method, a T-die method, a calendering method, a cutting method, a casting method, an emulsification method, or a hot pressing method, but suppresses coloring, suppresses defects of foreign matter, and suppresses optical defects such as mold lines. In the film forming method, a solution casting film forming method and a melt casting film forming method are preferred, and a solution casting film forming method is preferred because a uniform surface can be obtained.

〈溶液澆鑄製膜法〉 <solution casting film forming method>

藉由溶液流涎法來製膜時,纖維素乙酸酯薄膜之製造方法以包含下述步驟為較佳:使纖維素乙酸酯、及所期望的添加劑溶解於溶劑而調製濃液(dope)之步驟(溶解步驟、濃液調製步驟);將濃液澆鑄於連續地行進之無端部金屬支撐體上之步驟(澆鑄步驟);乾燥已澆鑄的濃液使成為薄條(web)之步驟(溶劑蒸發步驟);從金屬支撐體予以剝離之步驟(剝離步驟);予以乾燥、延伸、寬度保持之步驟(延伸‧寬度保持‧乾燥步驟);捲取完成後的薄膜之步驟(捲取步驟)。 When the film is formed by a solution flow method, the method for producing a cellulose acetate film preferably comprises the steps of dissolving cellulose acetate and a desired additive in a solvent to prepare a dope. a step (dissolution step, dope preparation step); a step of casting the dope on the continuously traveling endless metal support (casting step); and drying the casted dope to form a web (step) Solvent evaporation step); a step of stripping from the metal support (peeling step); a step of drying, stretching, and maintaining the width (extension ‧ width retention ‧ drying step); step of winding the film after completion (winding step) .

圖2為模擬顯示本發明之較佳溶液澆鑄製膜 法之濃液調製步驟、澆鑄步驟及乾燥步驟(溶劑蒸發步驟)之一例之圖。 Figure 2 is a simulation showing the preferred solution casting film of the present invention A diagram of an example of a concentrated liquid preparation step, a casting step, and a drying step (solvent evaporation step).

從投入釜41起,以過濾器44去除大的凝聚 物,往存料釜42送液。之後,從存料釜42向主濃液溶解釜1添加各種的添加液。 From the input kettle 41, the filter 44 removes large condensation The product is supplied to the storage tank 42. Thereafter, various additive liquids are added from the storage tank 42 to the main dope dissolution tank 1.

之後,主濃液係以主過濾器3予以過濾,此 外,添加劑添加液係自導管16予以進線(inline)添加。 多數情況下,主濃液中可含有回爐廢料為10~50質量%左右。所謂的回爐廢料,乃將薄膜細粉碎後之物,係於薄膜進行製膜時產生之將薄膜的兩側端部分裁切而成之物,或是因擦傷等超出規格所成之薄膜原材而予以使用。 Thereafter, the main concentrate is filtered by the main filter 3, In addition, the additive addition liquid is added inline from the conduit 16. In most cases, the main dope may contain about 10 to 50% by mass of recycled waste. The so-called re-burning waste is a material obtained by finely pulverizing a film, which is formed by cutting a film at both ends of the film, or a film material which is out of specification due to abrasion or the like. And use it.

又,作為濃液調製時所使用的樹脂的原料, 較佳可使用預先將纖維素乙酸酯、及所期望的添加劑等予以顆粒化所成者。 Moreover, as a raw material of the resin used in preparation of a dope, It is preferred to use a cellulose acetate, a desired additive or the like in advance to be granulated.

以下,就各步驟予以說明。 Hereinafter, each step will be described.

1)溶解步驟(濃液調製步驟) 1) Dissolution step (dope preparation step)

本步驟係於溶解釜中,將該纖維素乙酸酯、及所期望的添加劑,於對纖維素乙酸酯為良溶劑為主的溶劑中,以邊攪拌邊溶解來形成濃液之步驟。 This step is a step in which a cellulose acetate and a desired additive are dissolved in a solvent mainly containing cellulose acetate as a good solvent to form a dope.

濃液中的纖維素乙酸酯的濃度,以較濃者因 可減低澆鑄至金屬支撐體後的乾燥負荷而較佳,但纖維素乙酸酯的濃度若過濃,過濾時的負荷會增加,過濾精度會變差。作為兼具該等之濃度,較佳為10~35質量%,更佳為15~22質量%。 The concentration of cellulose acetate in the concentrate is more concentrated It is preferable to reduce the drying load after casting to the metal support, but if the concentration of the cellulose acetate is too rich, the load during filtration increases, and the filtration accuracy deteriorates. The concentration is preferably from 10 to 35% by mass, more preferably from 15 to 22% by mass.

濃液所使用之溶劑雖可單獨使用或併用2種 以上,但是,混合纖維素乙酸酯的良溶劑與弱溶劑來使用者,因生產效率之點而較佳,且良溶劑多者,因纖維素乙酸酯的溶解性之點而較佳。 The solvent used in the dope may be used alone or in combination. However, the good solvent and the weak solvent of the cellulose acetate are preferred because of the production efficiency, and the good solvent is preferred because of the solubility of the cellulose acetate.

良溶劑與弱溶劑的混合比率,較佳的範圍係 良溶劑為70~98質量%、弱溶劑為2~30質量%。所謂的良溶劑、弱溶劑,若可單獨地將使用的纖維素乙酸酯溶解者,稱為良溶劑;而以單獨僅予以膨潤或不溶解者,則定義為弱溶劑。因此,依纖維素乙酸酯之平均取代度而良溶劑、弱溶劑會變化。 The mixing ratio of good solvent to weak solvent, the preferred range is The good solvent is 70 to 98% by mass, and the weak solvent is 2 to 30% by mass. The so-called good solvent or weak solvent is defined as a weak solvent if it can be used alone to dissolve the cellulose acetate to be used as a good solvent; and if it is solely swollen or insoluble. Therefore, depending on the average degree of substitution of the cellulose acetate, the good solvent and the weak solvent may vary.

本發明中所使用的良溶劑未特別限定,可舉 出二氯甲烷等的有機鹵化合物或二氧戊環類、丙酮、乙酸甲酯、乙醯乙酸甲酯等。特佳為二氯甲烷或乙酸甲酯。 The good solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited, and An organic halogen compound such as dichloromethane or dioxolane, acetone, methyl acetate, ethyl acetate methyl acetate or the like is obtained. Particularly preferred is dichloromethane or methyl acetate.

又,本發明中所使用的弱溶劑未特別限定, 較佳可使用例如甲醇、乙醇、n-丁醇、環己烷、環己酮等。又,濃液中以含有0.01~2質量%的水為較佳。 Further, the weak solvent used in the present invention is not particularly limited. For example, methanol, ethanol, n-butanol, cyclohexane, cyclohexanone or the like can be preferably used. Further, it is preferred that the dope contains 0.01 to 2% by mass of water.

又,纖維素乙酸酯的溶解中所用的溶劑,係 可於薄膜製膜步驟中藉由乾燥來回收從薄膜所去除之溶劑,並將此再利用。 Moreover, the solvent used in the dissolution of cellulose acetate is The solvent removed from the film can be recovered by drying in the film forming step and reused.

回收溶劑中雖微量地含有於纖維素乙酸酯中 所添加的添加劑,例如可塑劑、紫外線吸收劑、聚合物、單體成分等,但即使含有此等亦可良好地予以再利用,因應所需亦可予以純化後再利用。 Although the trace solvent is contained in cellulose acetate in a trace amount The additive to be added, for example, a plasticizer, a UV absorber, a polymer, a monomer component, etc., can be reused well even if it is contained, and can be purified and used as needed.

於調製上述記載之濃液之際,作為纖維素乙 酸酯的溶解方法,可使用一般的方法。具體而言,可使用常壓下進行之方法、於主溶劑的沸點以下進行之方法、於主溶劑的沸點以上加壓而進行之方法、如日本特開平9-95544號公報、日本特開平9-95557號公報、或日本特開平9-95538號公報中記載般以冷卻溶解法進行之方法、以日本特開平11-21379號公報中所記載的高壓下進行之方法等各種溶解方法。其中,係以於主溶劑的沸點以上加壓而進行之方法為佳,若組合加熱與加壓,則可加熱至常壓中之沸點以上。 When preparing the above-mentioned dope, as cellulose B As a method of dissolving the acid ester, a general method can be used. Specifically, a method of performing at normal pressure, a method of performing at a boiling point or lower of a main solvent, or a method of pressurizing at a boiling point or higher of a main solvent, and a method of performing a method of pressurizing at a boiling point or higher of a main solvent, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-95544, Japanese Patent Application No. Hei 9 Various methods of dissolving, such as a method of performing a cooling and dissolving method, and a method of performing at a high pressure as described in JP-A-11-21379, are described in the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei 9-95538. Among them, a method of pressurizing at a boiling point or higher of the main solvent is preferred, and if combined with heating and pressurization, it can be heated to a boiling point or higher in a normal pressure.

又,將纖維素乙酸酯與弱溶劑混合而使其濕 潤或是膨潤之後,進一步添加良溶劑而予以溶解之方法亦較佳使用。 Also, the cellulose acetate is mixed with a weak solvent to make it wet. After moistening or swelling, a method of further adding a good solvent to dissolve is also preferably used.

加壓亦可藉由加入氮氣等的惰性氣體的方 法、以加熱而使溶劑的蒸氣壓上昇的方法來進行。加熱係較佳以由外部所進行者,例如外套型者因溫度控制容易而較佳。 Pressurization can also be carried out by adding an inert gas such as nitrogen. The method is carried out by a method of increasing the vapor pressure of the solvent by heating. The heating system is preferably carried out by an external person, for example, a jacket type, which is preferable because of temperature control.

添加溶劑的加熱溫度,就纖維素乙酸酯之溶 解性之觀點而言,係以加熱溫度高者為佳,但是加熱溫度過高時,所需的壓力會變大而導致生產性差。 Adding the heating temperature of the solvent to dissolve the cellulose acetate From the viewpoint of solvability, it is preferred that the heating temperature is high, but when the heating temperature is too high, the required pressure is increased to cause poor productivity.

較佳的加熱溫度為45~120℃,又較佳為 60~110℃,更佳為70℃~105℃。又,壓力可調整,以使在設定溫度下溶劑不會沸騰。 The preferred heating temperature is 45 to 120 ° C, and preferably 60 to 110 ° C, more preferably 70 ° C to 105 ° C. Also, the pressure can be adjusted so that the solvent does not boil at the set temperature.

或亦較佳可使用冷卻溶解法,藉此可於乙酸 甲酯等的溶劑中使纖維素乙酸酯溶解。 Or preferably, a cooling dissolution method can be used, whereby acetic acid can be used. The cellulose acetate is dissolved in a solvent such as a methyl ester.

接著,以使用濾紙等之適當的濾材將該纖維 素乙酸酯溶液(溶解中或溶解後的濃液)予以過濾者為佳。 Next, the fiber is made of a suitable filter material such as filter paper. It is preferred to filter the cellulose acetate solution (dope in solution or dissolved).

作為濾材,為了去除不溶物等而以絕對過濾 精度小者為佳,但絕對過濾精度過小的話,會有容易產生濾材網目阻塞的問題。因此,以絕對過濾精度0.008mm以下的濾材為較佳,0.001~0.008mm的濾材為又較佳,0.003~0.007mm的濾材為更佳。 As a filter material, it is absolutely filtered to remove insoluble matter or the like. The accuracy is small, but if the absolute filtering accuracy is too small, there will be a problem that the filter mesh is likely to be blocked. Therefore, a filter material having an absolute filtration accuracy of 0.008 mm or less is preferable, and a filter material of 0.001 to 0.008 mm is preferable, and a filter material of 0.003 to 0.007 mm is more preferable.

濾材之材質未特別限制,雖可使用一般的濾 材,但以聚丙烯、鐵氟龍(註冊商標)等的塑膠製的濾材,或不銹鋼等的金屬製的濾材,因不會有纖維脫落等而較佳。 The material of the filter material is not particularly limited, although general filtration can be used. However, it is preferable to use a filter material made of plastic such as polypropylene or Teflon (registered trademark) or a filter material made of metal such as stainless steel because there is no fiber peeling or the like.

較佳乃藉由過濾以去除、減低原料之纖維素 乙酸酯中所包含的不純物,特別是亮點異物。 Preferably, the cellulose of the raw material is removed and reduced by filtration. Impurities contained in acetate, especially bright spots foreign matter.

所謂的亮點異物,意指使2片偏光板呈正交 尼克耳狀態配置,於其間置入薄膜等,從一側的偏光板側照光,從另一側的偏光板側觀察時,所見來自相反側之光漏出的點(異物),以徑0.01mm以上之亮點數為200個/cm2以下者佳。又較佳為100個/cm2以下,更佳為50個/m2以下,又更佳為0~10個/cm2以下。又,以0.01mm以下的亮點亦少者為佳。 The term "bright spot foreign matter" means that two polarizing plates are arranged in a crossed-in-the-ear state, and a film or the like is placed therebetween, and light is emitted from one side of the polarizing plate side, and when viewed from the other side of the polarizing plate side, it is seen from the opposite side. The point at which the light leaks (foreign matter) is preferably 200 pieces/cm 2 or less with a diameter of 0.01 mm or more. Further, it is preferably 100 pieces/cm 2 or less, more preferably 50 pieces/m 2 or less, still more preferably 0 to 10 pieces/cm 2 or less. Further, it is preferable that the number of bright spots of 0.01 mm or less is also small.

濃液之過濾雖可以一般的方法來進行,但以 在溶劑的常壓中之沸點以上且加壓下,以溶劑不沸騰的範圍之溫度邊加熱邊過濾之方法,因過濾前後的濾壓差(稱為差壓)之上昇小而較佳。 Although the filtration of the concentrated liquid can be carried out in a general manner, In the method of filtering at a temperature higher than the boiling point of the solvent at a pressure higher than the boiling point of the solvent and heating at a temperature in which the solvent does not boil, it is preferable because the filtration pressure difference (referred to as differential pressure) before and after filtration is small.

較佳的溫度為45~120℃,又較佳為45~70 ℃,更佳為45~55℃。 The preferred temperature is 45 to 120 ° C, and preferably 45 to 70. °C, more preferably 45~55 °C.

濾壓小者為佳。濾壓較佳為1.6MPa以下,又 較佳為1.2MPa以下,更佳為1.0MPa以下。 The filter pressure is better. The filtration pressure is preferably 1.6 MPa or less, and It is preferably 1.2 MPa or less, more preferably 1.0 MPa or less.

2)澆鑄步驟 2) Casting step

接著,於金屬支撐體上將濃液予以澆鑄(casting)。亦即,本步驟係將濃液通過送液泵浦(例如,加壓型定量齒輪泵)送液至加壓模具30,於連續行進之無端部的金屬帶31,例如,不銹鋼帶、或是會旋轉的金屬輥筒等之金屬支撐體上的澆鑄位置,自加壓模具狹縫澆鑄濃液之步驟。 Next, the dope is cast on the metal support. That is, in this step, the dope is fed to the pressurizing mold 30 by a liquid-feeding pump (for example, a pressurized quantitative gear pump), and the metal strip 31 of the endless continuous traveling, for example, a stainless steel belt, or A casting position on a metal support such as a rotating metal roll, and a step of casting a dope from a press die slit.

可調整模具的金屬嘴部分的狹縫形狀,並以 使膜厚容易均勻之加壓模具為佳。加壓模具中,係有塗布衣架型模具或T型模具等,任一者皆適用。金屬支撐體之表面係以成鏡面者為佳。為了提昇製膜速度,亦可將2基以上的加壓模具設置於金屬支撐體上,並分割濃液量而予以疊層。或是藉由同時澆鑄複數的濃液之共澆鑄法來獲得層合構造之薄膜者亦佳。 The slit shape of the metal nozzle portion of the mold can be adjusted, and A pressure mold which makes the film thickness easy to be uniform is preferable. In the press mold, a coat hanger type mold or a T-shaped mold is used, and any of them is suitable. The surface of the metal support is preferably mirrored. In order to increase the film forming speed, a pressurizing mold of two or more bases may be placed on the metal support, and the amount of the concentrated liquid may be divided and laminated. It is also preferable to obtain a film of a laminated structure by a co-casting method in which a plurality of concentrated liquids are simultaneously cast.

澆鑄的寬度,就生產性之觀點而言,係以 1.4m以上為佳。更佳為1.4~4m。超過4m時,於製造步驟中會摻入條紋,恐會降低之後的搬運步驟中的安定性。 從搬運性、生產性的點來看,更佳為1.6~2.5m。 The width of the casting, in terms of productivity, More than 1.4m is preferred. More preferably 1.4~4m. When it exceeds 4 m, streaks may be incorporated in the manufacturing process, and the stability in the subsequent conveyance step may be lowered. From the point of view of portability and productivity, it is preferably 1.6 to 2.5 m.

澆鑄(casting)步驟中之金屬支撐體係以使 表面成為鏡面者佳,金屬支撐體方面,係以使用不銹鋼帶或是以鑄物將表面予以鍍敷成的輥筒為佳。 a metal support system in the casting step to It is preferable that the surface is a mirror surface, and the metal support body is preferably a roller which is formed by using a stainless steel belt or a surface which is cast by a casting.

澆鑄步驟之金屬支撐體之表面溫度係以-50℃ ~未滿溶劑的沸點溫度,因溫度高者可使薄條之乾燥速度快而較佳,但若過高,則薄條會有發泡、平面性有劣化的情況。 The surface temperature of the metal support in the casting step is -50 ° C ~ The boiling point temperature of the solvent is not high, and the drying speed of the thin strip is preferably high because the temperature is high, but if it is too high, the thin strip may be foamed and the planarity may be deteriorated.

較佳的支撐體溫度為0~55℃,更佳為25~ 50℃。或是,在藉由冷卻而使薄條凝膠化後,在多含殘留溶劑的狀態下自輥筒剝離,此方法亦佳。 The preferred support temperature is 0~55°C, more preferably 25~ 50 ° C. Alternatively, after the thin strip is gelated by cooling, it is preferably peeled off from the roll in a state in which a residual solvent is contained.

控制金屬支撐體之溫度的方法未特別限制, 有吹送溫風或冷風之方法,或使溫水接觸於金屬支撐體之裏側之方法。使用溫水者,因可有效地導熱之故,在金屬 支撐體之溫度到達一定為止的時間短而較佳。使用溫風時,會有使用較目的溫度更高溫度的風之情況。 The method of controlling the temperature of the metal support is not particularly limited. There is a method of blowing warm air or cold air, or a method of bringing warm water into contact with the inside of the metal support. Use warm water, because of the effective heat conduction, in the metal The time until the temperature of the support reaches a certain level is short and preferable. When using warm air, there is a case where a wind with a higher temperature than the target temperature is used.

3)溶劑蒸發步驟 3) Solvent evaporation step

本步驟乃將薄條(於澆鑄用支撐體上澆鑄濃液,稱所形成之濃液膜為薄條)於澆鑄用支撐體上加熱,並使溶劑蒸發之步驟。 In this step, the thin strip (the dope is cast on the support for casting, and the formed concentrated liquid film is a thin strip) is heated on the support for casting, and the solvent is evaporated.

為了使溶劑蒸發,係有從薄條側吹風之方法 及/或自支撐體之裏面藉由液體傳熱之方法、藉由輻射熱自表裏傳熱之方法等,以裏面液體傳熱方法因乾燥效率良好而較佳。又,亦適用組合該等之方法。係以使澆鑄後的支撐體上之薄條於40~100℃之氛圍下,於支撐體上使其乾燥者佳。為了使維持於40~100℃之氛圍下,係以使此溫度的溫風對著薄條上面,或藉由紅外線等之手段予以加熱者佳。 In order to evaporate the solvent, there is a method of blowing from the side of the thin strip And/or the method of heat transfer from the inside of the support body by means of liquid heat transfer, heat transfer from the surface by radiant heat, etc., the inner liquid heat transfer method is preferred because of good drying efficiency. Also, a method of combining these methods is also applicable. It is preferred that the thin strip on the support after casting is dried on the support under an atmosphere of 40 to 100 ° C. In order to maintain the atmosphere at 40 to 100 ° C, it is preferable to make the warm wind at this temperature face the top of the thin strip or to heat it by means of infrared rays or the like.

就面品質、透濕性、剝離性之觀點而言,不 銹鋼帶製膜時係以於30~120秒以內,輥筒製膜時係以於5~40秒,將該薄條自支撐體剝離者佳。 From the point of view of surface quality, moisture permeability, and peelability, When the rust steel strip is formed, the film is formed within 30 to 120 seconds, and the roll film is formed for 5 to 40 seconds, and the strip is preferably peeled off from the support.

4)剝離步驟 4) Stripping step

接著,將薄條自金屬支撐體剝離。亦即,本步驟係於金屬支撐體上將溶劑已蒸發之薄條,在剝離位置予以剝離之步驟。被剝離之薄條被送至下一個步驟。 Next, the strip is peeled off from the metal support. That is, this step is a step of peeling off the thin strip from which the solvent has evaporated on the metal support and peeling off at the peeling position. The stripped strip is sent to the next step.

金屬支撐體上剝離位置中之溫度係以-50~40 ℃之範圍內為佳,為10~40℃之範圍內更佳,不銹鋼帶製膜時係以15~30℃之範圍內最佳,輥筒製膜時係以-30~10℃為佳。 The temperature in the stripping position on the metal support is -50~40 It is preferably in the range of °C, preferably in the range of 10 to 40 ° C, and is preferably in the range of 15 to 30 ° C for the film formation of the stainless steel, and preferably -30 to 10 ° C for the film formation of the roller.

尚,於剝離時金屬支撐體上的薄條的殘留溶 劑量,可依據乾燥之條件之強弱、金屬支撐體之長度等來適當地調節。特以,將薄條自金屬支撐體剝離時的殘留溶劑量控制在15~40質量%者為較佳,又較佳為20~35質量%。 Still, residual dissolution of the thin strip on the metal support during peeling The dose can be appropriately adjusted depending on the strength of the drying conditions, the length of the metal support, and the like. Specifically, it is preferable to control the amount of residual solvent when the strip is peeled off from the metal support to 15 to 40% by mass, and more preferably 20 to 35% by mass.

本發明中,殘留溶劑量係以下述式子定義。 In the present invention, the amount of residual solvent is defined by the following formula.

[數2]殘留溶劑量(質量%)={(M-N)/N}×100 [Number 2] Residual solvent amount (% by mass) = {(M - N) / N} × 100

此外,M為在製造薄條或薄膜之製造中或製造後的任意時間點採取的試樣之重量,N為將M以115℃經1小時加熱後的重量。 Further, M is the weight of the sample taken at any time during or after the manufacture of the thin strip or film, and N is the weight obtained by heating M at 115 ° C for 1 hour.

剝離金屬支撐體與薄膜時的剝離張力,係以300N/m以下者為較佳。更佳雖為196~245N/m之範圍內,但在剝離時容易有皺折的情況時,係以190N/m以下為佳,較佳以100~190N/m的張力進行剝離。 The peeling tension at the time of peeling off the metal support and the film is preferably 300 N/m or less. More preferably, it is in the range of 196 to 245 N/m. However, when wrinkles are likely to occur at the time of peeling, it is preferably 190 N/m or less, and preferably 100 to 190 N/m.

5)乾燥‧延伸‧寬度保持步驟 5) Drying ‧ Extension ‧ Width Maintenance Step (乾燥) (dry)

纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的乾燥步驟中,將薄條自金屬支撐體剝離並進一步乾燥,使殘留溶劑量為1質量%以下者 佳,更佳為0.1質量%以下,特別佳為0~0.01質量%以下。 In the drying step of the cellulose acetate film, the strip is peeled off from the metal support and further dried to have a residual solvent amount of 1% by mass or less. Preferably, it is 0.1% by mass or less, and particularly preferably 0% to 0.01% by mass or less.

薄膜乾燥步驟中,一般而言,可採取以輥乾 燥方式(將薄條交互地通至上下配置的多數輥而使其乾燥之方式)或拉幅方式邊使薄條搬運邊予以乾燥之方式。例如,剝離後,使用將薄條於乾燥裝置內交互穿過複數配置之滾軸來搬運之乾燥裝置35、及/或以鉗夾將薄條的兩端鉗夾起來搬運之拉幅延伸裝置34,將薄條予以乾燥。 In the film drying step, in general, it can be taken as a roll to dry The dry method (the way in which the thin strips are alternately passed to the plurality of rolls arranged one above the other to dry them) or the manner in which the strips are conveyed while the strips are being conveyed. For example, after stripping, a drying device 35 that transports the strips through a plurality of rollers arranged in a drying apparatus, and/or a tenter stretching device 34 that clamps both ends of the strips by the jaws is used. , dry the strip.

使薄條乾燥之手段未特別限制,一般而言, 可以熱風、紅外線、加熱輥、微波等來進行,從簡便的點來看,係以熱風進行者佳。太過激烈的乾燥容易損及剛完成的薄膜平面性。高溫所致乾燥係以殘留溶劑約為8質量%以下來實施者佳。整體而言,乾燥基本上可於40~250℃之範圍內進行。特別是以使其於40~200℃之範圍內乾燥者為佳。乾燥溫度係以階段性逐步提高,以加熱至100~150℃左右者佳,較佳以5分~30分鐘,更佳以6分~12分鐘來進行加熱。 The means for drying the thin strip is not particularly limited, in general, It can be carried out by hot air, infrared rays, heating rolls, microwaves, etc. From the point of view of convenience, it is preferable to carry out hot air. Too intense drying tends to damage the flatness of the film that has just been completed. The drying by high temperature is preferably carried out by using a residual solvent of about 8% by mass or less. Overall, the drying can be carried out substantially in the range of 40 to 250 °C. In particular, it is preferred to dry it in the range of 40 to 200 ° C. The drying temperature is gradually increased in stages, preferably to about 100 to 150 ° C, preferably from 5 minutes to 30 minutes, more preferably from 6 minutes to 12 minutes.

使用拉幅延伸裝置時,較佳以使用藉由拉幅 的左右把持手段而可將薄膜的把持長(從把持起始至把持結束為止的距離)以左右獨立地控制之裝置。又,拉幅步驟中,在改善平面性用之意圖上,較佳亦可做出具有不同的溫度之區劃者。 When using a tenter extension device, it is preferred to use a tenter The left and right holding means can control the length of the film (the distance from the start of holding to the end of the holding) independently and independently. Further, in the tentering step, it is preferable to make a zoning having different temperatures in order to improve the planarity.

又,不同的溫度區劃之間,以各區劃不發生 干擾之方式來設置中立區者亦佳。 Also, between different temperature zones, each zone does not occur. It is also good to set up the neutral zone in the way of interference.

(延伸‧寬度保持) (Extension ‧ Width retention)

接著,使用金屬支撐體將薄條往至少單方向進行延伸處理較佳。藉由延伸處理能夠控制薄膜內分子的配向。本發明中,為了獲得作為目標的遲滯值Ro、Rth,即使纖維素乙酸酯薄膜成為本發明之保護薄膜B之構成,且包含遲滯上昇劑之情形,仍以藉由搬運張力之控制、延伸操作來進行折射率控制者為佳。例如,藉由使長邊方向之張力變低或變高,而得以使遲滯值變動。 Next, it is preferred to use a metal support to extend the strip in at least one direction. The alignment of the molecules in the film can be controlled by the stretching process. In the present invention, in order to obtain the target hysteresis values Ro and Rth, even if the cellulose acetate film is composed of the protective film B of the present invention and contains a hysteresis-increasing agent, it is controlled and extended by the handling tension. It is preferred to operate to control the refractive index. For example, the hysteresis value can be varied by lowering or increasing the tension in the longitudinal direction.

作為具體的延伸方法,可對於薄膜的長邊方 向(製膜方向;澆鑄方向;MD方向)及在薄膜面內,相垂直之方向(即寬度方向(TD方向))逐次或同時進行雙軸延伸或是單軸延伸。較佳為在澆鑄方向(MD方向)、寬度方向(TD方向)實施雙軸延伸所得之雙軸延伸薄膜,但本發明相關的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜可為單軸延伸薄膜,亦可為未延伸薄膜。此外,延伸操作亦可分割為多階段實施。又,進行雙軸延伸時,可實施同時雙軸延伸,亦可階段性實施。此情形時,所謂的階段性,例如,可為依序進行延伸方向不同的延伸,並將同一方向之延伸分割成多階段,亦可將不同方向之延伸加至任一階段。亦即,例如,可為如後述之延伸階段: As a specific extension method, the long side of the film can be The direction of the film formation (the direction of the film; the direction of the casting; the direction of the MD) and the direction perpendicular to the film (i.e., the width direction (TD direction)) are sequentially or simultaneously performed biaxially or uniaxially. Preferably, the biaxially stretched film obtained by biaxially stretching in the casting direction (MD direction) and the width direction (TD direction) is used, but the cellulose acetate film according to the present invention may be a uniaxially stretched film or may be Extend the film. In addition, the extension operation can also be divided into multi-stage implementations. Further, in the case of biaxial stretching, simultaneous biaxial stretching can be performed, or it can be carried out in stages. In this case, the so-called gradation may be, for example, an extension in which the extending directions are different, and the extension in the same direction may be divided into a plurality of stages, or the extension of the different directions may be added to any stage. That is, for example, it may be an extension stage as described later:

‧於澆鑄方向延伸→於寬度方向延伸→於澆鑄方向延伸→於澆鑄方向延伸 ‧Extension in the casting direction →Extension in the width direction →Extension in the casting direction →Extension in the casting direction

‧於寬度方向延伸→於寬度方向延伸→於澆鑄方向延 伸→於澆鑄方向延伸 ‧Extension in the width direction →Extension in the width direction →Extension in the casting direction Stretching → extending in the casting direction

又,同時雙軸延伸時,亦包含於一方向延伸,並緩和張力而使另一方收縮之情況。 Moreover, in the case of simultaneous biaxial stretching, it also includes stretching in one direction and relaxing the tension to cause the other to contract.

互相垂直之雙軸方向之延伸倍率,係以分別最終為於澆鑄方向(MD方向)0.01~2.0%、於寬度方向(TD方向)10~50%之範圍為佳,較佳為於澆鑄方向0.1~1.0%、於寬度方向20~40%之範圍。此時的殘留溶劑量為15~40%之範圍,由於纖維素乙酸酯薄膜會展現出指定的韌性(toughness)值,故較佳。 The stretching ratio in the biaxial direction perpendicular to each other is preferably 0.01 to 2.0% in the casting direction (MD direction) and 10 to 50% in the width direction (TD direction), preferably 0.1 in the casting direction. ~1.0%, in the width direction of 20~40%. The amount of the residual solvent at this time is in the range of 15 to 40%, and it is preferable since the cellulose acetate film exhibits a specified toughness value.

延伸溫度,通常以構成薄膜之樹脂的Tg~Tg+60℃之溫度範圍下進行為佳。通常,延伸溫度為120℃~200℃為佳,更佳為130℃~200℃,再更佳係以在超過140℃且190℃以下進行延伸者佳。 The stretching temperature is usually preferably carried out at a temperature ranging from Tg to Tg + 60 ° C of the resin constituting the film. Usually, the stretching temperature is preferably from 120 ° C to 200 ° C, more preferably from 130 ° C to 200 ° C, and even more preferably from about 140 ° C to less than 190 ° C.

關於延伸時的薄膜中的殘留溶劑量未特別限制,但是寬度方向之延伸處理時的殘留溶劑量以2~5質量%為佳。 The amount of the residual solvent in the film at the time of stretching is not particularly limited, but the amount of the residual solvent in the stretching treatment in the width direction is preferably 2 to 5% by mass.

將薄條延伸之方法未特別限定。可舉例如,對複數個輥訂定周速差,於其間利用輥周速差於縱方向上延伸之方法;將薄條的兩端以鉗夾或針固定,將鉗夾或針之間隔在行進方向擴大而於縱方向上延伸之方法;同樣地在橫方向擴大而於橫方向上延伸之方法、或是縱橫同時擴大而於縱橫兩方向上延伸之方法等。當然此等之方法亦可組合使用。其中,以進行將薄條的兩端以鉗夾等把持之拉幅方式於寬度方向(橫方向)上延伸者特佳。 The method of extending the thin strip is not particularly limited. For example, a method of setting a circumferential speed difference for a plurality of rollers and extending the longitudinal direction of the roller by a roller in the longitudinal direction; fixing both ends of the thin strip by a clamp or a needle, and spacing the clamp or the needle at A method in which the traveling direction is expanded to extend in the longitudinal direction, a method of expanding in the lateral direction and extending in the lateral direction, or a method of expanding both vertically and horizontally and extending in both the longitudinal and lateral directions. Of course, these methods can also be used in combination. Among them, it is particularly preferable to extend the tenter pattern in which both ends of the thin strip are gripped by a clamp or the like in the width direction (lateral direction).

又,所謂的拉幅法之情形時,因以線性驅動 方式驅動鉗夾部分而得以進行滑順的延伸,並可減少破斷等之危險性而較佳。 Also, in the case of the so-called tenter method, it is driven by linear The method drives the jaw portion to perform a smooth extension, and it is preferable to reduce the risk of breakage or the like.

製膜步驟之此等寬度保持或是橫方向之延伸 係以藉由拉幅來進行者佳,可為針拉幅或鉗夾拉幅。 The width of the film forming step is maintained or extended in the transverse direction It is best to carry out by tentering, which can be a needle tenter or a clamper.

本發明相關的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的慢軸 (slow axis)或快軸(fast axis)係存在於薄膜面內,在 薄膜全寬、全長中,與製膜方向所成的角若為θ1時,則θ1係以-1°以上+1°以下者佳,又較佳為-0.5°以上+0.5°以下,更佳為-0.2°以上+0.2°以下。 Slow axis of cellulose acetate film associated with the present invention (slow axis) or fast axis (fast axis) is present in the plane of the film, When the angle formed by the film width direction and the total length of the film is θ1, θ1 is preferably -1 or more and +1 or less, and more preferably -0.5 or more and +0.5 or less. It is -0.2° or more and +0.2° or less.

此θ1可定義為配向角,θ1之測定係可使用自 動雙折射計KOBRA-21ADH(王子計測機器)來進行。θ1滿足各種上述關係,在顯示影像中可獲得高亮度,並有助於抑制或防止漏光,又在彩色液晶顯示裝置中,有助於獲得忠實的色彩再現。 This θ1 can be defined as the alignment angle, and the measurement of θ1 can be used. The dynamic birefringence meter KOBRA-21ADH (Prince Measurement Machine) is used. Θ1 satisfies various relationships as described above, can obtain high luminance in display images, and contributes to suppressing or preventing light leakage, and contributes to faithful color reproduction in a color liquid crystal display device.

6)捲取步驟 6) Winding step

最後,藉由捲取所得之薄條(完成的薄膜),而得到纖維素乙酸酯薄膜。更具體而言,自薄條中的殘留溶劑量為2質量%以下之後,藉由捲取機37以作為薄膜而捲取之步驟,藉由使殘留溶劑量為0.4質量%以下,可獲得尺寸安定性良好的薄膜。特別是以0.00~0.10質量%之範圍下捲取為佳。 Finally, a cellulose acetate film was obtained by winding up the resulting thin strip (finished film). More specifically, after the amount of the residual solvent in the thin strip is 2% by mass or less, the coiler 37 is wound up as a film, and the amount of the residual solvent is 0.4% by mass or less. A film with good stability. In particular, it is preferable to wind up in the range of 0.00 to 0.10% by mass.

一般而言,捲取方法可使用常用者,有定扭 矩法、定拉伸法、錐度張力法、內部應力一定的程式拉伸控制法等,使用該等即可。 In general, the winding method can be used by common people. Moment method, constant stretching method, taper tension method, program tension control method with constant internal stress, etc., can be used.

捲取前,在成為製品之寬度處使端部切條並 裁落,為了防止捲時的貼附或擦傷,可於兩端實施滾紋加工(壓紋加工)。滾紋加工的方法係可藉由加熱或加壓側面具有凸凹圖型之金屬環來進行加工。此外,薄膜兩端部之鉗夾的把持部分,通常薄膜會變形,因無法使用作為製品而被切除。若未引起因熱所致的材料之劣化時,可回收後再利用。 Before taking up, cut the end at the width of the product and In order to prevent sticking or scratching during rolling, knurling (embossing) can be performed at both ends. The knurling process can be processed by heating or pressurizing a metal ring having a convex and concave pattern on the side. Further, in the grip portion of the jaws at both ends of the film, the film is usually deformed and can be removed because it cannot be used as a product. If the deterioration of the material due to heat is not caused, it can be recycled and reused.

纖維素乙酸酯薄膜係以長條狀薄膜者佳,具 體而言,表示100m~10000m左右者,通常指以輥狀提供之形態者。又,薄膜的寬度,應因應液晶顯示裝置的大型化或生產效率化之要求,以1.4~4m者佳,又較佳為1.4~4m,更佳為1.6~3m。 Cellulose acetate film is good for long film, In the case of a body, it is usually about 100m to 10000m, and it is usually a form provided in a roll shape. Further, the width of the film should be 1.4 to 4 m, preferably 1.4 to 4 m, more preferably 1.6 to 3 m, depending on the requirements for the enlargement or production efficiency of the liquid crystal display device.

藉由上述方法所製作的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜層 合體,於外圍部施予包裝加工後,較佳在50℃以上之條件下施予3日以上的熟成處理。藉由施予如此般的處理,可使纖維素乙酸酯薄膜之平面性等的特性提昇,就尺寸安定性提昇之觀點而言,亦較佳控制在此範圍內之值。 Cellulose acetate film layer produced by the above method After being packaged and processed at the peripheral portion, it is preferably subjected to a ripening treatment for 3 days or more under conditions of 50 ° C or higher. By imparting such a treatment, the properties such as the planarity of the cellulose acetate film can be improved, and the value within the range is preferably controlled from the viewpoint of improvement in dimensional stability.

[偏光子] [Polarizer]

本發明之偏光板的主要構成要素之偏光子,係僅讓一定方向之偏波面的光通過之元件,現在已知的代表性偏光子係聚乙烯醇系偏光薄膜。聚乙烯醇系偏光薄膜中,有對 聚乙烯醇系薄膜使碘染色而成者、使二色性染料染色者。 作為偏光子,可使用將聚乙烯醇水溶液予以製膜,並使其單軸延伸後進行染色,或染色後予以單軸延伸之後,而較佳為以硼化合物進行耐久性處理所成之偏光子。偏光子之膜厚較佳為2~30μm,又,就薄膜適應性之觀點而言,較佳為2~15μm,就進一步的薄膜適應性及操作性之觀點而言,更佳為3~10μm。 The polarizer of the main constituent elements of the polarizing plate of the present invention is a representative polarizer-based polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film which is known to pass only light of a polarizing surface in a certain direction. In the polyvinyl alcohol-based polarizing film, there is a pair A polyvinyl alcohol-based film is obtained by dyeing iodine and dyeing a dichroic dye. As the polarizer, a polyvinyl alcohol aqueous solution may be used as a film, and after uniaxially stretching and dyeing, or after uniaxially stretching after dyeing, it is preferably a polarizer which is subjected to durability treatment with a boron compound. . The film thickness of the polarizer is preferably 2 to 30 μm, and is preferably 2 to 15 μm from the viewpoint of film suitability, and more preferably 3 to 10 μm from the viewpoint of further film suitability and workability. .

又,亦較佳使用日本特開2003-248123號公 報、日本特開2003-342322號公報等中記載的乙烯單位之含有量1~4莫耳%、聚合度2000~4000、皂化度99.0~99.99莫耳%之乙烯改性聚乙烯醇。其中,係以使用熱水切斷溫度為66~73℃的乙烯改性聚乙烯醇薄膜為佳。此使用乙烯改性聚乙烯醇薄膜所成的偏光子,除了偏光性能及耐久性能優異之外,因色斑少,特別適用於大型液晶顯示裝置。 Also, it is also preferable to use the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2003-248123 An ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol having an ethylene unit content of 1 to 4 mol%, a polymerization degree of 2000 to 4000, and a saponification degree of 99.0 to 99.99 mol%, as described in JP-A-2003-342322. Among them, an ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film having a hot water cutting temperature of 66 to 73 ° C is preferably used. The polarizer formed by using the ethylene-modified polyvinyl alcohol film is excellent in polarizing performance and durability, and is particularly suitable for a large liquid crystal display device because it has few color spots.

又,亦較佳使用日本特開2011-100161號公 報、日本專利第4691205號公報、日本專利4751481號公報、日本專利第4804589號公報中記載的方法來製作塗布型偏光子,並與本發明相關的保護薄膜貼合以製作偏光板。 Also, it is better to use the Japanese Special Open 2011-100161 A coating type polarizer is produced by the method described in Japanese Patent No. 4,719, 205, Japanese Patent No. 4,751, 481, and Japanese Patent No. 4,804, 589, and the protective film according to the present invention is bonded to each other to produce a polarizing plate.

[紫外線硬化型接著劑] [Ultraviolet hardening type adhesive]

本發明之偏光板中,如圖1所示般,上述說明的保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B之分別與偏光子,較佳以藉由紫外 線硬化型接著劑來貼合。 In the polarizing plate of the present invention, as shown in FIG. 1, the protective film A and the protective film B described above are respectively separated from the polarizer, preferably by ultraviolet light. A wire-curing adhesive is applied to the laminate.

本發明中,藉由將紫外線硬化型接著劑適用 於保護薄膜A與偏光子之貼合、或是保護薄膜B與偏光子之貼合,能以高生產性得到偏光子之耐久性為優異之特性。 In the present invention, by applying an ultraviolet curing adhesive The adhesion of the protective film A to the polarizer or the adhesion of the protective film B to the polarizer can provide excellent durability of the polarizer with high productivity.

[紫外線硬化型接著劑之組成] [Composition of ultraviolet curing type adhesive]

作為偏光板用的紫外線硬化型接著劑組成物,已知有:利用光自由基聚合的光自由基聚合型組成物、利用光陽離子聚合的光陽離子聚合型組成物、及併用光自由基聚合及光陽離子聚合的混合型組成物。 As an ultraviolet curable adhesive composition for a polarizing plate, a photoradical polymerization type composition by photoradical polymerization, a photocationic polymerization type composition by photocationic polymerization, and photo-radical polymerization using a photo-radical polymerization are known. A mixed composition of photocationic polymerization.

作為光自由基聚合型組成物,已知有將日本特開2008-009329號公報中記載的含有羥基或羧基等極性基的自由基聚合性化合物、及未含有極性基的自由基聚合性化合物,以特定比例包含的組成物等。特以,自由基聚合性化合物,係較佳為「具有可自由基聚合的乙烯性不飽和鍵結之化合物」。作為具有可自由基聚合的乙烯性不飽和鍵結之化合物的較佳例,係包含具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物。作為具有(甲基)丙烯醯基之化合物之例,係包含N取代(甲基)丙烯醯胺系化合物、(甲基)丙烯酸酯系化合物等。(甲基)丙烯醯胺,係意味著丙烯醯胺或甲基丙烯醯胺。 The radically polymerizable compound containing a polar group such as a hydroxyl group or a carboxyl group described in JP-A-2008-009329, and a radical polymerizable compound not containing a polar group are known as a photo-radical polymerization type composition. A composition or the like contained in a specific ratio. In particular, the radically polymerizable compound is preferably a "compound having a radically polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond". As a preferable example of the compound having a radically polymerizable ethylenically unsaturated bond, a compound having a (meth) acrylonitrile group is contained. Examples of the compound having a (meth)acryl fluorenyl group include an N-substituted (meth) acrylamide-based compound, a (meth) acrylate-based compound, and the like. (Meth) acrylamide refers to acrylamide or methacrylamide.

又,作為光陽離子聚合型組成物,舉例如日本特開2011-028234號公報中所揭示般的紫外線硬化型接著劑組 成物,其係含有下述各成分:(α)陽離子聚合性化合物、(β)光陽離子聚合起始劑、(γ)對於較380nm為長波長之光展現出極大吸收的光敏化劑、及(δ)萘系光敏化助劑。但是,亦可使用此以外的紫外線硬化型接著劑。 Further, as a photo-cationic polymerization type composition, an ultraviolet curing type adhesive group as disclosed in, for example, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2011-028234 a product comprising: (α) a cationically polymerizable compound, (β) a photocationic polymerization initiator, (γ) a photosensitizer exhibiting a maximum absorption of light having a long wavelength of 380 nm, and (δ) naphthalene-based photosensitizer. However, an ultraviolet curable adhesive other than this may be used.

(前處理步驟) (pre-processing steps)

前處理步驟為對於纖維素酯薄膜之與偏光子之接著面進行易接著處理之步驟。使偏光子之兩面分別與保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B接著時,係對於分別的保護薄膜之與偏光子之接著面進行易接著處理。作為易接著處理,舉例如電暈處理、電漿處理等。 The pretreatment step is a step of subjecting the cellulose ester film to the subsequent surface of the polarizer for easy subsequent processing. When the two sides of the polarizer are respectively bonded to the protective film A and the protective film B, the bonding surfaces of the respective protective films and the polarizers are easily subjected to subsequent processing. As easy processing, for example, corona treatment, plasma treatment, and the like.

(紫外線硬化型接著劑之塗布步驟) (coating step of ultraviolet curing type adhesive)

作為紫外線硬化型接著劑之塗布步驟,係將上述紫外線硬化型接著劑塗布至偏光子與保護薄膜之接著面之至少一者上。直接將紫外線硬化型接著劑塗布至偏光子或保護薄膜的表面時,該塗布方法未特別限定。例如,可利用刮刀、線棒、模塗布機、缺角輪塗布機、凹版塗布機等各種的濕式塗布方式。又,亦可利用於偏光子與保護薄膜之間,澆鑄紫外線硬化型接著劑後,以輥等加壓而均勻地推展開之方法。 As a coating step of the ultraviolet curable adhesive, the ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to at least one of a polarizer and a bonding surface of the protective film. When the ultraviolet curable adhesive is directly applied to the surface of the polarizer or the protective film, the coating method is not particularly limited. For example, various wet coating methods such as a doctor blade, a wire bar, a die coater, a notch coater, and a gravure coater can be used. Further, it is also possible to use a method in which an ultraviolet curable adhesive is cast between a polarizer and a protective film, and then uniformly pressed by a roller or the like.

(貼合步驟) (Fitting step)

藉由上述方法塗布紫外線硬化型接著劑後,以貼合步驟來處理。於該貼合步驟,於例如先前的塗布步驟於偏光子表面塗布紫外線硬化型接著劑時,於其上重疊保護薄膜。在先前的塗布步驟,先於保護薄膜表面塗布紫外線硬化型接著劑之方式時,於其上重疊偏光子。又,於偏光子與保護薄膜之間澆鑄紫外線硬化型接著劑時,以該狀態重疊偏光子與保護薄膜A。於偏光子之兩面分別接著保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B時,且於兩面均使用紫外線硬化型接著劑時,於偏光子之兩面上,分別介隔著紫外線硬化型接著劑重疊保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B。然後,通常以該狀態,自兩面(於偏光子之單面重疊保護薄膜A時,係自偏光子側與保護薄膜A側;又,於偏光子之兩面重疊保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B時,係自該兩面的保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B側)以加壓滾軸等夾住加壓。加壓滾軸之材質可使用金屬或橡膠等。配置於兩面之加壓滾軸可為相同材質亦可為不同材質。 After the ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied by the above method, it is treated by a bonding step. In the bonding step, when the ultraviolet curable adhesive is applied to the surface of the polarizer, for example, in the previous coating step, the protective film is overlaid thereon. In the prior coating step, when a UV-curable adhesive is applied to the surface of the protective film, the polarizer is superimposed thereon. Further, when the ultraviolet curable adhesive is cast between the polarizer and the protective film, the polarizer and the protective film A are superposed in this state. When the protective film A and the protective film B are respectively applied to both sides of the polarizer, and the ultraviolet curable adhesive is used on both surfaces, the ultraviolet protective adhesive is superposed on both sides of the polarizer, and the protective film A is protected. Film B. Then, in this state, when the protective film A is superposed on one side of the polarizer, it is from the side of the polarizer and the side of the protective film A; and when the protective film A and the protective film B are overlapped on both sides of the polarizer, The protective film A and the protective film B side on both sides are sandwiched by a pressurizing roller or the like. The material of the pressure roller can be metal or rubber. The pressure roller disposed on both sides can be the same material or different materials.

(硬化步驟) (hardening step)

硬化步驟中,係對於未硬化的紫外線硬化型接著劑照射紫外線,以硬化包含陽離子聚合性化合物(例如,環氧化合物或氧雜環丁烷化合物)或自由基聚合性化合物(例如,丙烯酸酯系化合物、丙烯醯胺系化合物等)的紫外線硬化型接著劑層,使介隔著紫外線硬化型接著劑而重疊的偏光子與保護薄膜A、或是偏光子與保護薄膜B接著。於 偏光子之單面貼合保護薄膜A時,活性能量線自偏光子側或保護薄膜A側之任一側進行照射均可。又,於偏光子之兩面貼合保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B時,以於偏光子之兩面分別介隔著紫外線硬化型接著劑並重疊保護薄膜A及保護薄膜B之狀態下來照射紫外線,而同時使兩面之紫外線硬化型接著劑硬化者較為有利。 In the hardening step, the uncured ultraviolet curable adhesive is irradiated with ultraviolet rays to harden a compound containing a cationically polymerizable compound (for example, an epoxy compound or an oxetane compound) or a radical polymerizable compound (for example, an acrylate system). The ultraviolet curable adhesive layer of the compound, the acrylamide compound, or the like, is followed by a polarizer that is superimposed with the ultraviolet curable adhesive and the protective film A or the polarizer and the protective film B. to When the protective film A is bonded to one side of the polarizer, the active energy ray may be irradiated from either the polarizer side or the protective film A side. Further, when the protective film A and the protective film B are bonded to both surfaces of the polarizer, ultraviolet rays are irradiated while the protective film A and the protective film B are superposed on each other on both sides of the polarizer. It is advantageous to harden the ultraviolet curing adhesive on both sides.

紫外線之照射條件,只要是能硬化適用於本發明的紫外線硬化型接著劑之條件即可,可採用任意適當之條件。 紫外線之照射量以累積光量,較佳為50~1500mJ/cm2,更佳為100~500mJ/cm2The ultraviolet irradiation condition may be any condition as long as it can cure the ultraviolet curable adhesive which is suitable for use in the present invention. The cumulative amount of the ultraviolet irradiation light amount is preferably 50 ~ 1500mJ / cm 2, more preferably 100 ~ 500mJ / cm 2.

偏光板之製造步驟若以連續線進行時,線速度會依接著劑的硬化時間而異,但較佳為1~500m/min,又較佳為5~300m/min,更佳為10~100m/min。只要是線速度為1m/min以上,即可確保生產性,或可抑制對於保護薄膜A之損傷,而可製作耐久性為優異的偏光板。又,只要是線速度為500m/min以下,紫外線硬化型接著劑之硬化為充分,可形成具備有作為目的之硬度,且接著性為優異的紫外線硬化型接著劑層。 When the manufacturing process of the polarizing plate is performed in a continuous line, the linear velocity varies depending on the hardening time of the adhesive, but is preferably from 1 to 500 m/min, more preferably from 5 to 300 m/min, still more preferably from 10 to 100 m. /min. When the linear velocity is 1 m/min or more, productivity can be ensured, or damage to the protective film A can be suppressed, and a polarizing plate excellent in durability can be produced. In addition, as long as the linear velocity is 500 m/min or less, the curing of the ultraviolet curable adhesive is sufficient, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer having an intended hardness and excellent adhesion can be formed.

《顯示裝置》 Display device

本發明相關的偏光板,可使用於各種的顯示裝置,特佳適用於液晶顯示裝置。 The polarizing plate according to the present invention can be used for various display devices, and is particularly preferably applied to a liquid crystal display device.

作為具備有本發明之偏光板的液晶顯示裝置 ,較佳可使用於TN(TwistedNematic)方式、STN( Super Twisted Nematic)方式、IPS(In-Plane Switching)方式、OCB(Optically CompensatedBirefringence)方式、VA(Vertical Alignment)方式(亦包含MVA(Multi-domain Vertical Alignment)或PVA(Patterned Vertical Alignment))、HAN(HybridAligned Nematic)等。為了提高對比,以VA(MVA、PVA)方式為較佳。 Liquid crystal display device having the polarizing plate of the present invention Preferably, it can be used in TN (Twisted Nematic) mode, STN ( Super Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching), OCB (Optically Compensated Birefringence), VA (Vertical Alignment) (also includes MVA (Multi-domain Vertical Alignment) or PVA (Patterned Vertical Alignment)), HAN ( HybridAligned Nematic) and so on. In order to improve the contrast, a VA (MVA, PVA) method is preferred.

[實施例] [Examples]

以下,列舉實施例具體說明本發明,但本發明不受該等之限定。尚,實施例中使用「%」之表示,只要未特別指明,則表示「質量%」。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be specifically described by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. In the embodiment, the expression "%" is used, and unless otherwise specified, "% by mass" is indicated.

《作為保護薄膜A的丙烯酸樹脂薄膜的製作》 <<Preparation of Acrylic Resin Film as Protective Film A>> [保護薄膜A-1的製作;處方=丙烯酸1] [Production of Protective Film A-1; Prescription = Acrylic 1] (薄膜製膜) (film forming film)

首先,作為丙烯酸樹脂準備Technolloy S001(Tg=105℃,住友化學公司製),並藉由將此加熱至200℃使熔融。然後,以熔融狀態下進行過濾處理。尚,過濾處理時為使用將12英吋尺寸、過濾精度25μm尺寸的不銹鋼纖維燒結的過濾器5片來進行。 First, Technolloy S001 (Tg = 105 ° C, manufactured by Sumitomo Chemical Co., Ltd.) was prepared as an acrylic resin, and melted by heating to 200 ° C. Then, the filtration treatment was carried out in a molten state. Further, the filtration treatment was carried out by using five filters of a stainless steel fiber having a size of 12 inches and a filtration accuracy of 25 μm.

接著,將下述成分使用真空NAUTA混合機,以80℃、133Pa之條件下邊混合3小時邊使乾燥,而得到樹脂組成物。 Next, the following components were dried using a vacuum NAUTA mixer at 80 ° C and 133 Pa for 3 hours to obtain a resin composition.

〈樹脂組成物〉 <Resin composition>

將上述樹脂組成物使用雙軸式擠出機以200℃來熔融混練,並擠出成條狀。將已擠出成條狀的樹脂組成物水冷後,裁斷而得到顆粒。 The above resin composition was melt-kneaded at 200 ° C using a biaxial extruder and extruded into a strip shape. The resin composition which had been extruded into a strip was water-cooled, and then cut to obtain pellets.

對所得到的顆粒以溫度70℃的除濕空氣使循環5小時以上進行乾燥,之後,將溫度為保持於溫度100℃之狀態下,投入至單軸擠出機。投入至單軸擠出機的顆粒之水分量為120ppm。 The obtained pellets were dried by a dehumidified air having a temperature of 70 ° C for 5 hours or more, and then the temperature was maintained at a temperature of 100 ° C, and the mixture was placed in a single-screw extruder. The moisture content of the particles fed to the single-axis extruder was 120 ppm.

使用所得到的顆粒,利用熔融澆鑄方式的薄膜製造裝置來製造薄膜。具體而言,將上述所得到的顆粒使用單軸擠出機以200℃熔融混練後,由澆鑄模具擠出至表面溫度為90℃的冷卻滾軸上。然後,將已擠出至冷卻滾軸的樹脂,以表面的金屬層之厚度為2mm的彈性接觸滾軸押壓,之後再以冷卻滾軸與冷卻滾軸予以冷卻,而得到厚度60μm的薄條(web)。 Using the obtained pellets, a film was produced by a melt casting type film production apparatus. Specifically, the pellet obtained above was melt-kneaded at 200 ° C using a uniaxial extruder, and then extruded from a casting die onto a cooling roller having a surface temperature of 90 ° C. Then, the resin which has been extruded to the cooling roller is pressed by the elastic contact roller having a thickness of 2 mm on the surface of the metal layer, and then cooled by the cooling roller and the cooling roller to obtain a thin strip having a thickness of 60 μm. (web).

然後,將薄膜的寬度方向的兩端部裁切,得到膜厚60μm的丙烯酸樹脂薄膜,並使作為保護薄膜A-1。 Then, both end portions in the width direction of the film were cut to obtain an acrylic resin film having a film thickness of 60 μm, and this was used as the protective film A-1.

[保護薄膜A-2的製作] [Production of Protective Film A-2]

在保護薄膜A-1的製作中,以薄條之厚度成為81μm之方式,將已冷卻固化的薄條使用剝離滾軸予以剝離後, 利用滾軸式的延伸裝置,以175℃、作為延伸倍率為1.35倍於薄條的搬運方向(MD方向)延伸。將所得到的薄膜導入至具有預熱區、延伸區、保持區、及冷卻區,並於各區間進而具有中立區的拉幅延伸機中。然後,利用拉幅延伸機,以175℃、作為延伸倍率為1.35倍於薄膜的寬度方向(TD方向)延伸。之後,冷卻至薄膜溫度成為30℃為止,並取下拉幅延伸機的鉗夾。然後,將薄膜的寬度方向的兩端部裁切,得到膜厚60μm的丙烯酸樹脂薄膜,並使作為保護薄膜A-2。 In the production of the protective film A-1, the cooled and solidified strip was peeled off using a peeling roller so that the thickness of the thin strip was 81 μm. With a roller type stretching device, it was extended at 175 ° C as a stretching ratio of 1.35 times in the conveying direction (MD direction) of the thin strip. The obtained film was introduced into a tenter stretching machine having a preheating zone, an extension zone, a holding zone, and a cooling zone, and further having a neutral zone in each section. Then, it was extended by the tenter stretching machine at 175 ° C as a stretching ratio of 1.35 times in the width direction (TD direction) of the film. Thereafter, the film was cooled until the film temperature became 30 ° C, and the jaws of the stretcher were pulled down. Then, both end portions in the width direction of the film were cut to obtain an acrylic resin film having a film thickness of 60 μm, and this was used as the protective film A-2.

[保護薄膜A-3的製作;處方=丙烯酸2] [Production of Protective Film A-3; Prescription = Acrylic 2]

在保護薄膜A-2的製作中,除了將丙烯酸樹脂(Technolloy S001)之過濾處理,以使用將7英吋尺寸、過濾精度25μm尺寸的不銹鋼纖維燒結的過濾器5片來進行以外,與保護薄膜A-2的製作為相同地得到丙烯酸樹脂薄膜,並使作為保護薄膜A-3。 In the production of the protective film A-2, in addition to the filtration treatment of the acrylic resin (Technolloy S001), the protective film was produced by using five filters of a stainless steel fiber having a size of 7 μm and a filtration precision of 25 μm. The production of A-2 was carried out in the same manner to obtain an acrylic resin film, and was used as the protective film A-3.

[保護薄膜A-4~A-12的製作] [Production of Protective Film A-4~A-12]

在保護薄膜A-2的製作中,除了將薄條的搬運方向(MD方向)的延伸倍率、寬度方向(TD方向)的延伸倍率、膜厚,以變更如表1所記載般以外,與保護薄膜A-2的製作為相同地來製作丙烯酸樹脂薄膜A-4~A-12。 In the production of the protective film A-2, the stretching ratio in the conveyance direction (MD direction) of the thin strip, the stretching ratio in the width direction (TD direction), and the film thickness are changed as described in Table 1, and the protection is performed. The film A-2 was produced in the same manner to produce acrylic resin films A-4 to A-12.

[保護薄膜A-13的製作;處方=丙烯酸3] [Preparation of Protective Film A-13; Prescription = Acrylic 3]

在保護薄膜A-1的製作中,除了使用Dianal BR-80(Mitsubishi Rayon公司製)來取代Technolloy S001以外,與保護薄膜A-1的製作為相同地來製作丙烯酸樹脂薄膜A-13。 In the production of the protective film A-1, an acrylic resin film A-13 was produced in the same manner as in the production of the protective film A-1 except that Dianal BR-80 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Rayon Co., Ltd.) was used instead of Technolloy S001.

[保護薄膜A-14的製作;處方=丙烯酸4] [Preparation of Protective Film A-14; Prescription = Acrylic 4]

在保護薄膜A-1的製作中,除了使用藉由下述手法所得到的「含內酯環之丙烯酸樹脂」來取代Technolloy S001以外,與保護薄膜A-1的製作為相同地來製作丙烯酸樹脂薄膜A-14。 In the production of the protective film A-1, acrylic resin was produced in the same manner as in the production of the protective film A-1 except that the "lactone containing a lactone ring" obtained by the following method was used instead of Technolloy S001. Film A-14.

(含內酯環之丙烯酸樹脂的製造) (Manufacture of acrylic resin containing lactone ring)

在附有攪拌裝置、溫度感測器、冷卻管、氮導入管的30L反應釜中,投入丙烯酸2-羥基乙酯2500g、甲基丙烯酸甲酯7500g、甲基異丁基酮(MIBK)3800g、甲基乙基酮(MEK)950g,並將初期單體濃度設為68重量%。對此通氮之同時昇溫至100℃,於迴流之際,添加作為起始劑的叔丁基過氧化異丙基碳酸酯6.4g之同時花費4小時滴下由叔丁基過氧化異丙基碳酸酯6.4g、MIBK 280g、MEK70g所成之溶液,並同時於迴流下(約95℃~110℃)來進行溶液聚合,進而花費4小時來進行熟成。此時,以溶液中的聚合物濃度成為45重量%以下之方式,在聚合反應開始2小時後至4小時後為止之間以2500g/hr之速度,在4小時後至7小時後為止之間以1600g/hr之速 度,滴下混合溶劑(MIBK:MEK=4:1)。 2,500 g of 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, 7500 g of methyl methacrylate, and 3,800 g of methyl isobutyl ketone (MIBK) were placed in a 30 L reactor equipped with a stirring device, a temperature sensor, a cooling tube, and a nitrogen introduction tube. Methyl ethyl ketone (MEK) was 950 g, and the initial monomer concentration was set to 68% by weight. The temperature of the nitrogen was simultaneously raised to 100 ° C, and 4.4 g of t-butyl peroxyisopropyl carbonate as a starter was added while refluxing, and it took 4 hours to drip off the tert-butyl peroxyisopropyl carbonate. A solution of 6.4 g of an ester, 280 g of MIBK, and 70 g of MEK was simultaneously subjected to solution polymerization under reflux (about 95 ° C to 110 ° C), and it took 4 hours to carry out the aging. In this case, the polymer concentration in the solution is 45% by weight or less, and between 2 hours and 4 hours after the start of the polymerization reaction, at a rate of 2500 g/hr, and between 4 hours and 7 hours later. At 1600g/hr The mixed solvent (MIBK: MEK = 4:1) was dropped.

對於如上述般所得到的聚合物溶液中的聚合 物(1a)1g,將0.005g量的磷酸硬脂醯酯/磷酸二硬脂醯酯混合物(堺化學製「PhoslexA-18」)添加於聚合物溶液中,通氮之同時於迴流下(約80~100℃)5小時來進行環化縮合反應。接著,將以上述環化縮合反應所得到的聚合物溶液,以樹脂量換算為2.0kg/小時的處理處理速度導入至料筒溫度260℃、旋轉數100rpm、減壓度13.3~400hPa(10~300mmHg)、後排氣口數1個及前排氣口數4個的排氣式雙螺杆擠出機(φ=29.75mm、L/D=30)中,在該擠出機內進行環化縮合反應及脫揮發,藉由進行擠出而得到透明顆粒形狀的含內酯環之丙烯酸樹脂。 Polymerization in a polymer solution obtained as described above 1 g of the compound (1a), a 0.005 g amount of a mixture of stearyl phosphate/distearyl phosphate (Phoslex A-18 manufactured by Seiko Chemical Co., Ltd.) was added to the polymer solution, and nitrogen was passed under reflux. The cyclization condensation reaction was carried out at 80 to 100 ° C for 5 hours. Next, the polymer solution obtained by the above condensation reaction was introduced into a cylinder temperature of 260 ° C, a rotation number of 100 rpm, and a decompression degree of 13.3 to 400 hPa (10~) at a treatment rate of 2.0 kg/hr in terms of resin amount. Circulation in the extruder in a vented twin-screw extruder (φ=29.75 mm, L/D=30) with a number of rear exhaust ports of 1 and a number of front exhaust ports of 4 (300 mmHg) The condensation reaction and devolatilization are carried out to obtain a lactone ring-containing acrylic resin in a transparent particle shape.

[保護薄膜A-15的製作;處方=PET1] [Preparation of protective film A-15; prescription = PET1] (PET(A)的製造) (Manufacture of PET (A))

將酯化反應罐昇溫並於到達至200℃的時間點,投入對苯二甲酸86.4質量份及乙二醇64.6質量份,邊攪拌邊投入作為觸媒的三氧化二銻0.017質量份、乙酸鎂四水合物0.064質量份、三乙基胺0.16質量份。接著,進行加壓昇溫,在儀表壓0.34MPa、240℃之條件下進行加壓酯化反應,之後,將酯化反應罐回復至常壓,並添加磷酸0.014質量份。更,花費15分昇溫至260℃並添加磷酸三甲酯0.012質量份。接著,15分鐘後使用高壓分散機來進行分散處理,並於15分鐘後將所得到的酯化反應生成物 移送至聚縮合反應罐,並以280℃來進行減壓下聚縮合反應。 The temperature of the esterification reactor was raised, and 86.4 parts by mass of terephthalic acid and 64.6 parts by mass of ethylene glycol were charged at a time point of reaching 200 ° C, and 0.017 parts by mass of ruthenium trioxide as a catalyst was introduced while stirring, magnesium acetate. 0.064 parts by mass of tetrahydrate and 0.16 parts by mass of triethylamine. Subsequently, the temperature was raised by pressurization, and the pressure esterification reaction was carried out under the conditions of a gauge pressure of 0.34 MPa and 240 ° C. Thereafter, the esterification reaction tank was returned to normal pressure, and 0.014 parts by mass of phosphoric acid was added. Further, it took 15 minutes to raise the temperature to 260 ° C and added 0.012 parts by mass of trimethyl phosphate. Then, after 15 minutes, a dispersion treatment was carried out using a high-pressure disperser, and the obtained esterification reaction product was obtained after 15 minutes. The mixture was transferred to a polycondensation reaction tank, and subjected to a polycondensation reaction under reduced pressure at 280 °C.

聚縮合反應結束後,使用將12英吋尺寸、過 濾精度25μm尺寸的不銹鋼纖維燒結的過濾器5片來對於聚縮合物進行過濾處理,並由噴嘴擠出成條狀,使用已事先進行過濾處理(孔徑:1μm以下)的冷卻水來使其冷卻、固化,並裁斷成顆粒狀(所得到者亦稱為「PET(A)」)。 After the end of the polycondensation reaction, the size will be 12 inches. Five pieces of a stainless steel fiber sintered filter having a filtration accuracy of 25 μm were filtered, and the mixture was extruded into a strip shape by a nozzle, and cooled by using cooling water which has been previously subjected to filtration treatment (pore diameter: 1 μm or less). , solidified, and cut into granules (also known as "PET (A)").

(PET(B)的製造) (Manufacture of PET (B))

將已乾燥的紫外線吸收劑(2,2’-(1,4-伸苯基)雙(4H-3,1-苯并噁嗪酮-4-酮)10質量份、不含粒子的PET(A)90質量份混合,使用混練擠出機而得到含有紫外線吸收劑之聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯樹脂(B)(所得到者亦稱為「PET(B)」)。 10 parts by mass of dry ultraviolet absorber (2,2'-(1,4-phenylene) bis(4H-3,1-benzoxazinone-4-one), particle-free PET ( A) 90 parts by mass of the mixture, and a polyethylene terephthalate resin (B) containing an ultraviolet absorber (also referred to as "PET (B)") was obtained by using a kneading extruder.

(接著性改質塗布液的調製) (modulation of the subsequent modified coating liquid)

藉由常法來進行酯交換反應及聚縮合反應,以調製作為二羧酸成分(相對於二羧酸成分全體)的對苯二甲酸46莫耳%、間苯二甲酸46莫耳%及5-磺酸根基間苯二甲酸鈉8莫耳%、作為二醇成分(相對於二醇成分全體)的乙二醇50莫耳%及新戊二醇50莫耳%的組成的「含水分散性磺酸金屬鹼之共聚合聚酯樹脂」。接著,混合水51.4質量份、異丙醇38質量份、n-丁基賽珞蘇5質量份、非 離子系界面活性劑0.06質量份後,加熱攪拌至到達77℃時,添加上述含水分散性磺酸金屬鹼之共聚合聚酯樹脂5質量份,持續攪拌直到樹脂的固塊消失為止。之後,將樹脂水分散液冷卻至常溫,得到固形分濃度5.0質量%的均勻的水分散性共聚合聚酯樹脂液。更,將凝聚體二氧化矽粒子(Fuji Silysia(股)公司製,Sylysia 310)3質量份分散於水50質量份中後,將Sylysia 310的水分散液0.54質量份添加至上述水分散性共聚合聚酯樹脂液99.46質量份中,邊攪拌邊添加水20質量份,而得到接著性改質塗布液。 The transesterification reaction and the polycondensation reaction are carried out by a usual method to prepare 46 mol% of terephthalic acid as a dicarboxylic acid component (to the entire dicarboxylic acid component), 46 mol % of isophthalic acid, and 5 - Aqueous dispersible sulfonate having a composition of 8 mole % of sodium sulfonate isophthalate, 50 mol% of ethylene glycol as a diol component (to the total of the diol component), and 50 mol% of neopentyl glycol Copolymerized polyester resin of acid metal base". Next, 51.4 parts by mass of mixed water, 38 parts by mass of isopropyl alcohol, and 5 parts by mass of n-butyl celecoxime, After 0.06 parts by mass of the ion-based surfactant, the mixture was heated and stirred until it reached 77° C., and 5 parts by mass of the above-mentioned copolymerized polyester resin having a water-dispersible sulfonic acid metal base was added, and stirring was continued until the solid block of the resin disappeared. Thereafter, the aqueous resin dispersion liquid was cooled to room temperature to obtain a uniform water-dispersible copolymerized polyester resin liquid having a solid content concentration of 5.0% by mass. Furthermore, 3 parts by mass of the aggregated cerium oxide particles (Sylysia 310, manufactured by Fuji Silysia Co., Ltd.) was dispersed in 50 parts by mass of water, and then 0.54 parts by mass of the aqueous dispersion of Sylysia 310 was added to the above water-dispersibility. In 99.46 parts by mass of the polymerized polyester resin liquid, 20 parts by mass of water was added while stirring to obtain an adhesive modified coating liquid.

(薄膜製膜) (film forming film)

藉由以下的手法來製作具有3層構成的聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯薄膜。 A polyethylene terephthalate film having a three-layer structure was produced by the following method.

將不含粒子的PET(A)樹脂顆粒90質量 份、及含有紫外線吸收劑的PET(B)樹脂顆粒10質量份,以135℃進行6小時的減壓乾燥(1Torr)後供給至擠出機(中間層用),又,藉由常法來乾燥PET(A)並分別供給至擠出機(兩外層用),以285℃使熔解。將該2種的聚合物分別以不銹鋼燒結體的濾材(公稱過濾精度10μm粒子為95%攔截)各進行2次過濾,使用2種的3層匯流區塊予以層合,藉由金屬嘴擠出成薄片狀後,使用外加靜電的澆鑄法並使其捲貼於表面溫度30℃的澆鑄輥筒上,使冷卻固化後得到未延伸薄膜。此時,以各層之厚 度比成為10(外層):80(中間層):10(外層)之方式,來調整各擠出機的排出量。 Particle-free PET (A) resin pellets 90 mass 10 parts by weight of the PET (B) resin particles containing the ultraviolet absorber, and dried under reduced pressure (1 Torr) at 135 ° C for 6 hours, and then supplied to an extruder (for the intermediate layer), and further, by a conventional method The PET (A) was dried and supplied to an extruder (for both outer layers), and melted at 285 °C. Each of the two kinds of polymers was filtered twice with a filter material of a stainless steel sintered body (95% intercepted by a nominal filtration precision of 10 μm particles), and laminated by using two types of three-layer bus bar blocks, and extruded by a metal nozzle. After laminating, the film was applied by a static electricity casting method and wound on a casting roll having a surface temperature of 30 ° C to obtain an unstretched film after cooling and solidification. At this time, the thickness of each layer The ratio is 10 (outer layer): 80 (intermediate layer): 10 (outer layer) to adjust the discharge amount of each extruder.

接著,藉由逆輥法,以乾燥後的塗布量成為 0.08g/m2之方式,將上述接著性改質塗布液塗布至該未延伸PET薄膜之兩面,之後,以80℃乾燥20秒鐘。 Then, the above-mentioned adhesive modified coating liquid was applied to both sides of the unstretched PET film by a reverse roll method so that the coating amount after drying became 0.08 g/m 2 , and then dried at 80 ° C for 20 seconds. .

使用已加熱的輥群及紅外線加熱器,將已形 成有該塗布層的未延伸薄膜預備加熱至145℃,之後,以具有周速差的輥群於行進方向(MD方向)延伸3倍。之後,導入至拉幅延伸機,將薄膜的端部以鉗夾邊把持之同時,導入至溫度135℃的熱風區,於寬度方向(TD方向)延伸2.5倍。如此般操作,得到膜厚70μm的雙軸配向的PET薄膜,並使作為保護薄膜A-15。 Using a heated roller group and an infrared heater, it will be shaped The unstretched film having the coating layer was preheated to 145 ° C, and then stretched three times in the traveling direction (MD direction) with a roll group having a peripheral speed difference. Thereafter, the film was introduced into a tenter stretching machine, and the end portion of the film was gripped while being clamped, and introduced into a hot air region at a temperature of 135 ° C to extend 2.5 times in the width direction (TD direction). In this manner, a biaxially oriented PET film having a film thickness of 70 μm was obtained and used as a protective film A-15.

[保護薄膜A-16的製作;處方=PET2] [Preparation of protective film A-16; prescription = PET2]

在保護薄膜A-15的製作中,除了將聚縮合物之過濾處理,以使用將7英吋尺寸、過濾精度25μm尺寸的不銹鋼纖維燒結的過濾器5片來進行以外,與保護薄膜A-15的製作為相同地得到雙軸配向的PET薄膜,並使作為保護薄膜A-16。 In the production of the protective film A-15, in addition to the filtration treatment of the polycondensate, five sheets of a filter sintered with a stainless steel fiber having a size of 7 inches and a filtration accuracy of 25 μm were used, and the protective film A-15 was used. The production was carried out in the same manner to obtain a biaxially oriented PET film and to serve as a protective film A-16.

[保護薄膜A-17~A-21的製作] [Production of Protective Film A-17~A-21]

在保護薄膜A-15的製作中,除了將薄條的搬運方向(MD方向)的延伸倍率、薄膜的寬度方向(TD方向)的延伸倍率、膜厚,以變更如表1所記載般以外,與保護 薄膜A-15的製作為相同地得到雙軸配向的PET薄膜,來製作保護薄膜A-17~A-21。 In the production of the protective film A-15, the stretching ratio in the conveyance direction (MD direction) of the thin strip, the stretching ratio in the width direction (TD direction) of the film, and the film thickness are changed as described in Table 1. And protection Film A-15 was produced in the same manner to obtain a biaxially oriented PET film to produce a protective film A-17 to A-21.

[保護薄膜A-22的製作;處方=PET3] [Preparation of protective film A-22; prescription = PET3]

在保護薄膜A-15的製作中,除了使用藉由下述手法所得到的PET(C)來取代PET(A)以外,與保護薄膜A-15的製作為相同地來製作丙烯酸樹脂薄膜A-22。 In the production of the protective film A-15, an acrylic resin film A- was produced in the same manner as in the production of the protective film A-15 except that PET (C) obtained by the following method was used instead of PET (A). twenty two.

(PET(C)的製造) (Manufacture of PET (C))

在具備攪拌機、溫度計、及部分迴流式冷卻器的不銹鋼製高壓釜中,投入對苯二甲酸二甲酯194.2質量份、間苯二甲酸二甲酯184.5質量份、二甲基-5-鈉磺酸基間苯二甲酸酯14.8質量份、二乙二醇233.5質量份、乙二醇136.6質量份、及鈦酸四正丁酯0.2質量份,以從160℃至220℃的溫度花費4小時使進行酯交換反應。接著,昇溫至255℃,使反應系緩慢地減壓後,於30Pa的減壓下使聚縮合反應1小時30分。所得到的聚縮合反應物(聚酯樹脂)中的單體組成,如同下述。 In a stainless steel autoclave equipped with a stirrer, a thermometer, and a partial reflux cooler, 194.2 parts by mass of dimethyl terephthalate, 184.5 parts by mass of dimethyl isophthalate, and dimethyl-5-sodium sulfonate were charged. 14.8 parts by mass of acid isophthalate, 233.5 parts by mass of diethylene glycol, 136.6 parts by mass of ethylene glycol, and 0.2 parts by mass of tetra-n-butyl titanate, which takes 4 hours from 160 ° C to 220 ° C The transesterification reaction is carried out. Subsequently, the temperature was raised to 255 ° C, and the reaction system was gradually depressurized, and then subjected to a polycondensation reaction under reduced pressure of 30 Pa for 1 hour and 30 minutes. The monomer composition in the obtained polycondensation reactant (polyester resin) is as follows.

[二羧酸成分] [dicarboxylic acid component]

‧對苯二甲酸49莫耳% ‧ terephthalic acid 49 mol%

‧間苯二甲酸48莫耳% ‧ isophthalic acid 48 mol%

‧5-鈉磺酸基間苯二甲酸3莫耳% ‧5-sodium sulfonate isophthalic acid 3 mol%

[二醇成分] [diol component]

‧乙二醇40莫耳% ‧Ethylene glycol 40% by mole

‧二乙二醇60莫耳% ‧ diethylene glycol 60 mol%

於上述聚縮合反應結束後,使用將12英吋尺寸、過濾精度25μm尺寸的不銹鋼纖維燒結的過濾器5片來對於聚縮合物進行過濾處理,並由噴嘴擠出成條狀,使用已事先進行過濾處理(孔徑:1μm以下)的冷卻水來使其冷卻、固化,並裁斷成顆粒狀(所得到者亦稱為「PET(C)」)。 After completion of the above polycondensation reaction, the polycondensate was subjected to filtration treatment using 5 filters of a stainless steel fiber having a size of 12 inches and a filtration precision of 25 μm, and was extruded into a strip shape by a nozzle, and the use was performed in advance. The cooling water of the filtration treatment (pore diameter: 1 μm or less) was cooled, solidified, and cut into pellets (the obtained one is also referred to as "PET (C)").

[保護薄膜A-23的製作;處方=PET4] [Preparation of protective film A-23; prescription = PET4]

將保護薄膜A-22的製作欄中所記載的「PET(C)的製造」中的單體組成變更如下述之方式,而得到PET(D)。 The monomer composition in the "Production of PET (C)" described in the column of the protective film A-22 was changed as follows to obtain PET (D).

[二羧酸成分] [dicarboxylic acid component]

‧對苯二甲酸48莫耳% ‧ terephthalic acid 48 mol%

‧間苯二甲酸46莫耳% ‧ isophthalic acid 46 mol%

‧偏苯三甲酸3莫耳% ‧ trimesic acid 3 mol%

‧5-鈉磺酸基間苯二甲酸3莫耳% ‧5-sodium sulfonate isophthalic acid 3 mol%

[二醇成分] [diol component]

‧乙二醇50莫耳% ‧Ethylene glycol 50% by mole

‧新戊二醇50莫耳% ‧ neopentyl glycol 50 mole%

然後,在保護薄膜A-22的製作中,除了使用上述所得到的PET(D)來取代PET(C)以外,與保護薄膜A-22的製作為相同地來製作丙烯酸樹脂薄膜A-23。 Then, in the production of the protective film A-22, an acrylic resin film A-23 was produced in the same manner as in the production of the protective film A-22 except that the PET (D) obtained above was used instead of the PET (C).

[保護薄膜A的拉伸彈性率的評價] [Evaluation of Tensile Elasticity of Protective Film A]

分別對於上述所製作的作為保護薄膜A的丙烯酸樹脂薄膜及PET薄膜,於23℃、55%RH之環境下調濕24小時,並根據JISK7127中記載之方法來測定彈性率。作為拉伸試驗器為使用Orientec(股)公司製TENSILON RTC-1225,以試驗片之形狀為100mm(縱)×10mm(寬),夾頭間距50mm(夾頭上下各為25mm)來挾持上下,試驗速度以100mm/分鐘來進行。尚,測定為對於每一樣品分別進行MD方向及TD方向之測定5次,並計算出各方向之平均值。結果如下述表1中所示。 The acrylic resin film and the PET film as the protective film A produced as described above were each conditioned at 23 ° C and 55% RH for 24 hours, and the modulus of elasticity was measured according to the method described in JIS K7127. As a tensile tester, TENSILON RTC-1225 manufactured by Orientec Co., Ltd. was used, and the shape of the test piece was 100 mm (vertical) × 10 mm (width), and the gap between the chucks was 50 mm (25 mm above and below the chuck) to hold up and down. The test speed was carried out at 100 mm/min. Further, it was measured that the MD direction and the TD direction were measured five times for each sample, and the average value of each direction was calculated. The results are shown in Table 1 below.

[保護薄膜A的霧度變化的評價] [Evaluation of haze change of protective film A]

分別對於上述所製作的作為保護薄膜A的丙烯酸樹脂薄膜及PET薄膜,於80℃、90%RH之環境下靜置24小時,測定此時的霧度值之變化(霧度值之上昇部分)。尚,霧度值之測定為使用日本電色工業(股)製霧度儀NDH5000。結果如下述表1中所示。 The acrylic resin film and the PET film as the protective film A produced above were allowed to stand in an environment of 80 ° C and 90% RH for 24 hours, and the change in the haze value at this time (the increase in the haze value) was measured. . In addition, the haze value was measured using a haze meter NDH5000 manufactured by Nippon Denshoku Industries Co., Ltd. The results are shown in Table 1 below.

《作為保護薄膜B的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的製作》 <<Preparation of Cellulose Acetate Film as Protective Film B>> [保護薄膜B-1的製作] [Production of Protective Film B-1] (微粒子分散稀釋液的調製) (modulation of fine particle dispersion dilution)

將10質量份的Aerosil 972V(日本Aerosil公司製,一次平均粒徑:16nm、表觀比重90g/L)、與90質量份的乙醇以溶解棒攪拌混合30分鐘後,使用高壓分散機的Manton Gaulin來使其分散,以調製微粒子分散液。 10 parts by mass of Aerosil 972V (manufactured by Nippon Aerosil Co., Ltd., primary average particle diameter: 16 nm, apparent specific gravity: 90 g/L), and 90 parts by mass of ethanol were stirred and mixed with a dissolving rod for 30 minutes, and then Manton Gaulin using a high-pressure disperser was used. It is dispersed to prepare a fine particle dispersion.

於所得到的微粒子分散液中投入88質量份的二氯甲烷之同時予以攪拌,並以溶解棒攪拌混合30分鐘後予以稀釋。將所得到的溶液使用Advantech Toyo公司製的聚丙烯繞線式匣式過濾器(Polypropylene Winder Cartridge Filter)TCW-PPS-1N過濾,而得到微粒子分散 稀釋液。 While 88 parts by mass of dichloromethane was added to the obtained fine particle dispersion, the mixture was stirred, and stirred and mixed with a dissolution bar for 30 minutes, and then diluted. The obtained solution was filtered using a Polypropylene Winder Cartridge Filter (TCW-PPS-1N) manufactured by Advantech Toyo Co., Ltd. to obtain fine particle dispersion. Diluent.

(進線(in-line)添加液的調製) (modulation of in-line addition liquid)

將作為紫外線吸收劑的15質量份的Tinuvin 928(BASF Japan公司製)、與100質量份的二氯甲烷投入至密閉容器中,使加熱攪拌並完全溶解後予以過濾。在所得到的溶液中添加36質量份的前述微粒子分散稀釋液之同時予以攪拌,進而再攪拌30分鐘,之後邊添加6質量份的纖維素酯1(乙醯基取代度2.80、Mn=75000、Mw=150000、Mw/Mn=2.0)邊予以攪拌,進而再攪拌60分鐘。使用日本精線(股)製Finemet NF過濾所得到的溶液,得到進線(in-line)添加液。濾材為使用公稱過濾精度20μm者。 15 parts by mass of Tinuvin 928 (manufactured by BASF Japan Co., Ltd.) and 100 parts by mass of methylene chloride as an ultraviolet absorber were placed in a sealed container, heated and stirred, completely dissolved, and then filtered. While adding 36 parts by mass of the fine particle dispersion diluent to the obtained solution, the mixture was stirred and further stirred for 30 minutes, and then 6 parts by mass of cellulose ester 1 was added (the degree of substitution of ethyl ketone was 2.80, Mn = 75,000, Mw=150000 and Mw/Mn=2.0) were stirred and further stirred for 60 minutes. The obtained solution was filtered using Finemet NF manufactured by Nippon Seisaku Co., Ltd. to obtain an in-line addition liquid. The filter material is a nominal filtration accuracy of 20 μm.

(濃液的調製) (modulation of dope)

將下述成分投入至密閉容器中,邊加熱及攪拌邊使其完全溶解。將所得到的溶液使用安積濾紙(股)製的安積濾紙No.24過濾,而得到主濃液。 The following components were placed in a closed container, and completely dissolved by heating and stirring. The obtained solution was filtered using a filter paper No. 24 made of a filter paper (strand) to obtain a main dope.

〈主濃液之組成〉 <Composition of main concentrated liquid>

將100質量份的主濃液、與2.5質量份的進線 添加液,使用進線混合機(in-line mixer)(Toray靜止型管內混合機Hi-Mixer、SWJ)充分地混合後,得到濃液。 100 parts by mass of the main dope and 2.5 parts by mass of the incoming line The addition liquid was sufficiently mixed using an in-line mixer (Toray static in-line mixer Hi-Mixer, SWJ) to obtain a dope.

(製膜步驟) (film forming step)

將所得到的濃液使用帶式澆鑄裝置,以濃液之液溫度35℃、寬1.95m之條件,均勻地澆鑄於不銹鋼帶支撐體上。於不銹鋼帶支撐體上,以所得到的濃液膜中的有機溶劑成為殘留溶劑量30質量%之方式來使其蒸發,並形成薄條,之後從不銹鋼帶支撐體將薄條剝離。所得到的薄條進而以35℃乾燥後,以寬1.90m般地進行切條。之後,將薄條以160℃之條件,使用拉幅於TD方向(薄膜的寬度方向)延伸1.3倍。尚,於TD方向之延伸開始時的薄條的殘留溶劑量為3質量%。 The obtained dope was uniformly cast on a stainless steel belt support using a belt casting apparatus under the conditions of a liquid temperature of the concentrated liquid of 35 ° C and a width of 1.95 m. On the stainless steel belt support, the organic solvent in the obtained concentrated liquid film was evaporated to form a thin strip so that the amount of the residual solvent was 30% by mass, and then the thin strip was peeled off from the stainless steel belt support. The obtained thin strip was further dried at 35 ° C, and then cut into strips having a width of 1.90 m. Thereafter, the strip was stretched by 1.3 times in the TD direction (the width direction of the film) at 160 ° C using a tenter. Further, the amount of residual solvent of the thin strip at the start of the extension in the TD direction was 3% by mass.

之後,將所得到的薄膜在乾燥裝置內以多數 的輥進行搬運之同時,以120℃、乾燥15分鐘後,切條成為寬度1.6m,得到纖維素乙酸酯薄膜。於端部施予滾 紋加工。然後,將如此般操作所得到的寬1.6m、長度6000m、厚度40μm的長條狀纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,以於該長度方向捲取而得到纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的層合輥體1。 Thereafter, the obtained film is in the drying apparatus as a majority While the roller was being conveyed, it was dried at 120 ° C for 15 minutes, and then cut into strips having a width of 1.6 m to obtain a cellulose acetate film. Applying at the end Grain processing. Then, a long-length cellulose acetate film having a width of 1.6 m, a length of 6000 m, and a thickness of 40 μm obtained by the above operation was taken up in the longitudinal direction to obtain a laminated roll body 1 of a cellulose acetate film. .

(層合輥體的包裝) (packaging of laminated roller bodies)

之後,將層合輥體1之外圍,使用厚度50μm的於聚乙烯樹脂薄膜上為蒸鍍有鋁的防濕薄膜包裝材料予以雙層包裝,並以橡膠輪固定捲芯端部,以製作層合輥體1A。 Thereafter, the periphery of the laminated roll body 1 is double-packed with a moisture-proof film packaging material on which a thickness of 50 μm is deposited on a polyethylene resin film, and the end of the core is fixed by a rubber wheel to form a layer. Roller body 1A.

[保護薄膜B-2~B-25的製作] [Production of Protective Film B-2~B-25]

在保護薄膜B-1的製作中,除了將纖維素乙酸酯之取代度、遲滯上昇劑之種類、可塑劑之種類、TD方向的延伸倍率,以變更如表2所記載般以外,與保護薄膜B-1以相同之方法來製作保護薄膜B-2~B-25。尚,表2中所記載之上昇劑2~上昇劑12為下述之化合物。 In the production of the protective film B-1, the degree of substitution of the cellulose acetate, the type of the retardation increasing agent, the type of the plasticizer, and the stretching ratio in the TD direction were changed as described in Table 2, and the protection was carried out. Film B-1 was formed into protective films B-2 to B-25 in the same manner. Further, the rising agent 2 to the rising agent 12 described in Table 2 are the following compounds.

[保護薄膜B的遲滯的評價] [Evaluation of hysteresis of protective film B]

分別對於上述所製作的保護薄膜B,使用AXOSCAN(Axometrics公司)來分別測定面內方向之遲滯值Ro、及厚度方向之遲滯值Rt。結果如下述表2中所示。 With respect to the protective film B produced as described above, AXOSCAN (Axometrics) was used to measure the hysteresis value Ro in the in-plane direction and the hysteresis value Rt in the thickness direction, respectively. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

[保護薄膜B的光彈性係數的評價] [Evaluation of Photoelastic Coefficient of Protective Film B]

分別對於上述所製作的保護薄膜B,在23℃、55%RH之環境下保存24小時後,在23℃、55%RH之環境下於薄膜的指定方向(MD方向或TD方向)施加拉伸荷重之狀態下,使用KOBRA-31PRW(王子計測機器(股))測定薄膜在波長589nm下的面內方向之遲滯值Ro。 The protective film B prepared above was stored in an environment of 23 ° C and 55% RH for 24 hours, and then stretched in a specified direction (MD direction or TD direction) of the film in an environment of 23 ° C and 55% RH. In the state of the load, the hysteresis value Ro of the in-plane direction of the film at a wavelength of 589 nm was measured using a KOBRA-31PRW (Prince Measurement Machine (Unit)).

接著,階段性地加大施加於薄膜的拉伸荷 重,同時測定在各拉伸荷重下的薄膜的面內方向之遲滯值Ro。然後,將在各拉伸荷重下的面內方向之遲滯值Ro除以薄膜之厚度d,而計算出△n(=nx-ny)。更,將橫軸設為拉伸荷重、縱軸設為△n(=nx-ny),而得到拉伸荷重-△n曲線,將所得到的曲線,以作為近似於直線時的該直線的斜率值來計算出光彈性係數。結果如下述表2中所示。 Then, stepwise increase the tensile load applied to the film The hysteresis value Ro of the in-plane direction of the film under each tensile load was measured at the same time. Then, the hysteresis value Ro in the in-plane direction under each tensile load is divided by the thickness d of the film to calculate Δn (= nx - ny). Further, the horizontal axis is the tensile load and the vertical axis is Δn (=nx-ny), and the tensile load-Δn curve is obtained, and the obtained curve is taken as the straight line when the line is approximated. The slope value is used to calculate the photoelastic coefficient. The results are shown in Table 2 below.

《偏光板的製作》 "The production of polarizing plates" [偏光子之製作] [Production of polarizer]

將平均聚合度2400、皂化度99.9莫耳%的厚度50μm的聚乙烯醇薄膜,以浸漬於30℃的溫水中60秒鐘使膨潤。接著,將所得到的薄膜浸漬於碘/碘化鉀(質量比 =0.5/8)之濃度為0.3%的水溶液中,使延伸至3.0倍之同時使染色。之後,將所得到的薄膜以在65℃的硼酸酯水溶液中,以總延伸倍率成為5.5之方式來進行延伸。之後,將所得到的薄膜使用40℃的烘箱乾燥3分鐘後,得到厚度10μm的偏光子。 A polyvinyl alcohol film having a thickness of 2400 and a saponification degree of 99.9 mol% and having a thickness of 50 μm was immersed in warm water of 30 ° C for 60 seconds to swell. Next, the obtained film is immersed in iodine/potassium iodide (mass ratio) =0.5/8) In an aqueous solution having a concentration of 0.3%, the dyeing was carried out while extending to 3.0 times. Thereafter, the obtained film was stretched in a boric acid aqueous solution at 65 ° C so that the total stretching ratio became 5.5. Thereafter, the obtained film was dried in an oven at 40 ° C for 3 minutes to obtain a polarizer having a thickness of 10 μm.

[接著劑液的調製] [Adjust the preparation of the liquid] (紫外線硬化型接著劑液1的調製:脂肪族環氧化合物) (Modulation of ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1 : aliphatic epoxy compound)

量取脂肪族環氧化合物的三羥甲基丙烷的三縮水甘油醚10.0g、日本曹達(股)製的光陽離子聚合起始劑的商品名「CI5102」4.0g、及日本曹達(股)製的光敏化劑的商品名「CS7001」1.0g,經混合‧脫泡後來調製由含有環氧樹脂的硬化性樹脂組成物所成的紫外線硬化型接著劑液1。 10.0 g of triglycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane of an aliphatic epoxy compound, and 4.0 g of a photocationic polymerization initiator of a Japanese Caoda Co., Ltd., and a system of "Cota" 1.0 g of the brand name "CS7001" of the photosensitizer was mixed and defoamed to prepare an ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1 made of a curable resin composition containing an epoxy resin.

(紫外線硬化型接著劑液2的調製:脂環式環氧化合物) (Modulation of ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 2: alicyclic epoxy compound)

在紫外線硬化型接著劑液1的調製中,除了使用4-甲基-7-氧雜二環[4.1.0]庚烷-3-羧酸(=(4-甲基-7-氧雜二環[4.1.0]庚烷-3-基)甲基)10.0g來取代三羥甲基丙烷的三縮水甘油醚10.0g以外,與紫外線硬化型接著劑液1的調製為相同地來調製紫外線硬化型接著劑液2。 In the preparation of the ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1, except that 4-methyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane-3-carboxylic acid (=(4-methyl-7-oxadiene) is used. In the same manner as in the preparation of the ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1 except that 10.0 g of a tris-glycidyl ether of trimethylolpropane was substituted for 10.0 g of the ring [4.1.0]heptan-3-yl)methyl) Hardening type adhesive solution 2.

(紫外線硬化型接著劑液3的調製:脂肪族‧脂環式環氧化合物的併用) (Preparation of ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 3: combination of aliphatic ‧ alicyclic epoxy compounds)

在紫外線硬化型接著劑液1的調製中,除了使用三羥甲基丙烷的三縮水甘油醚5.0g及4-甲基-7-氧雜二環[4.1.0]庚烷-3-羧酸(=(4-甲基-7-氧雜二環[4.1.0]庚烷-3-基)甲基)5.0g來取代三羥甲基丙烷的三縮水甘油醚10.0g以外,與紫外線硬化型接著劑液1的調製為相同地來調製紫外線硬化型接著劑液3。 In the preparation of the ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1, except for the use of trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether 5.0 g and 4-methyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane-3-carboxylic acid (=(4-methyl-7-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptan-3-yl)methyl) 5.0 g to replace trimethylolpropane triglycidyl ether 10.0 g, and ultraviolet curing The preparation of the type adhesive liquid 1 is the same to prepare the ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 3.

(紫外線硬化型接著劑液4的調製:自由基聚合性化合物) (Preparation of ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 4: radical polymerizable compound)

量取自由基聚合性化合物的羥基乙基丙烯醯胺(興人公司製)38.3g、Aronix M-220(三丙二醇二丙烯酸酯,東亞合成公司製)19.1g、及丙烯醯嗎福林(興人公司製)38.3g、以及光聚合起始劑的KAYACUREDETX-S(二乙基噻吨酮,日本化藥公司製)1.4g及IRGACURE 907(2-甲基-1-(4-甲硫苯基)-2-嗎啉基丙烷-1-酮,BASF公司製)1.4g,經混合‧脫泡後來調製由含有自由基聚合性化合物的硬化性樹脂組成物所成的紫外線硬化型接著劑液4。 38.3 g of hydroxyethyl acrylamide (manufactured by Xingren Co., Ltd.), Aronix M-220 (tripropylene glycol diacrylate, manufactured by Toagosei Co., Ltd.), 19.1 g of a radically polymerizable compound, and propylene fluorene. 38.3g, a photopolymerization initiator, KAYACUREDETX-S (diethyl thioxanthone, manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 1.4g and IRGACURE 907 (2-methyl-1-(4-methylthiobenzene) Ultraviolet-curing adhesive liquid prepared from a curable resin composition containing a radical polymerizable compound, prepared by dissolving and defoaming 1.4 g of 2-morpholinopropan-1-one (manufactured by BASF Corporation) 4.

(接著劑液5的調製:聚乙烯醇水溶液) (Adjustment of the liquid 5: aqueous polyvinyl alcohol solution)

調製聚乙烯醇為2.5質量%的水溶液使成為接著劑液5。 An aqueous solution of 2.5% by mass of polyvinyl alcohol was prepared to form an adhesive liquid 5.

[偏光板的製作] [Production of polarizing plate] (偏光板1的製作) (production of polarizing plate 1)

依據下述方法來製作由圖1記載之構成所成的偏光板1(101)。括號內的數值為表示圖1記載的各構成要件之編號。 The polarizing plate 1 (101) formed by the configuration shown in Fig. 1 was produced by the following method. The numerical values in parentheses are numbers indicating the respective constituent elements shown in Fig. 1.

首先,作為保護薄膜B(105),係使用上述 所製作的保護薄膜B-16,並對於該表面施予電暈放電處理。尚,電暈放電處理之條件,係設為電暈輸出強度2.0kW、線速度18m/分鐘。接著,於保護薄膜B(105)的電暈放電處理面上,將上述調製的紫外線硬化型接著劑液1,以硬化後之膜厚成為約3μm之方式,使用棒式塗布來進行塗布,而形成光硬化型樹脂層(103B)。將上述所製作的聚乙烯醇-碘系的偏光子(104、厚度10μm)貼合至所得到的光硬化型樹脂層(103B)上。 First, as the protective film B (105), the above is used. The protective film B-16 was produced, and the surface was subjected to a corona discharge treatment. Further, the conditions of the corona discharge treatment were set to a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a linear velocity of 18 m/min. Then, on the corona discharge treatment surface of the protective film B (105), the ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1 prepared as described above is applied by bar coating so that the film thickness after curing is about 3 μm. A photo-curable resin layer (103B) is formed. The polyvinyl alcohol-iodine-based polarizer (104, thickness: 10 μm) produced above was bonded to the obtained photocurable resin layer (103B).

接著,作為保護薄膜A(102),係使用上述 所製作的保護薄膜A-1(丙烯酸樹脂薄膜),並對於該表面施予電暈放電處理。尚,電暈放電處理之條件,係設為電暈輸出強度2.0kW、速度18m/分鐘。 Next, as the protective film A (102), the above is used. The protective film A-1 (acrylic resin film) was produced, and the surface was subjected to corona discharge treatment. Further, the conditions of the corona discharge treatment were set to a corona output intensity of 2.0 kW and a speed of 18 m/min.

接著,於保護薄膜A(102)的電暈放電處理 面上,將上述調製的紫外線硬化型接著劑液1,以硬化後之膜厚成為約3μm之方式,使用棒式塗布來進行塗布,而形成紫外線硬化型接著劑層(103A)。 Next, the corona discharge treatment of the protective film A (102) On the surface, the ultraviolet curable adhesive liquid 1 prepared as described above was applied by bar coating so that the film thickness after curing was about 3 μm, and an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer (103A) was formed.

將已貼合於保護薄膜B(105)的單面的偏光 子(104),貼合至此紫外線硬化型接著劑層(103A)上,而得到層合有保護薄膜A(丙烯酸樹脂薄膜、102)/ 紫外線硬化型接著劑層(103A)/偏光子(104)/紫外線硬化型接著劑層(103B)/保護薄膜B(纖維素乙酸酯薄膜、105)的層合體。此時,使保護薄膜B(105)之慢軸、與偏光子(104)之吸收軸以互相垂直之方式來進行貼合。 Single-sided polarized light that has been bonded to the protective film B (105) The sub-layer (104) is bonded to the ultraviolet curable adhesive layer (103A) to obtain a protective film A (acrylic resin film, 102) laminated/ A laminate of an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer (103A) / a polarizer (104) / an ultraviolet curable adhesive layer (103B) / a protective film B (cellulose acetate film, 105). At this time, the slow axis of the protective film B (105) and the absorption axis of the polarizer (104) are bonded to each other so as to be perpendicular to each other.

使用附有帶式輸送機的紫外線照射裝置(燈 泡為使用Fusion UV Systems公司製的D-bulb),以累積光量成為750mJ/cm2之方式,從該層合體之兩面側照射紫外線,使分別的紫外線硬化型接著劑層(103A、103B)硬化,來製作偏光板1(101)。 Using an ultraviolet irradiation device with a belt conveyor (D-bulb manufactured by Fusion UV Systems Co., Ltd.), ultraviolet rays were irradiated from both sides of the laminate so that the cumulative amount of light became 750 mJ/cm 2 . The ultraviolet curable adhesive layer (103A, 103B) is cured to prepare a polarizing plate 1 (101).

[偏光板2~54的製作] [Production of Polarizing Plate 2~54]

在上述偏光板1的製作中,除了將保護薄膜A之種類、保護薄膜B之種類及接著劑液之種類,以變更如下述表3記載之組合以外,以相同地來製作偏光板2~54。 In the production of the polarizing plate 1 described above, the polarizing plates 2 to 54 were produced in the same manner except that the type of the protective film A, the type of the protective film B, and the type of the adhesive liquid were changed by changing the combinations described in the following Table 3. .

[液晶顯示裝置的製作] [Production of Liquid Crystal Display Device]

將VA型液晶顯示裝置的辨視側的偏光板予以剝離,於液晶晶胞上,將上述所製作的偏光板,以保護薄膜A位置於辨視側(T1)、保護薄膜B位置於液晶晶胞之側(T2)之方式,介隔著以丙烯酸丁酯為主成分的黏著劑而貼合,來製作偏光板1~54所分別對應的VA型液晶顯示裝置1~54。 The polarizing plate on the viewing side of the VA liquid crystal display device is peeled off, and the polarizing plate prepared as described above is placed on the viewing side (T1) and the protective film B at the position of the protective film B on the liquid crystal cell. In the side of the cell (T2), the VA liquid crystal display devices 1 to 54 corresponding to the respective polarizing plates 1 to 54 are formed by laminating the adhesive with butyl acrylate as a main component.

[偏光板的評價] [Evaluation of polarizing plate]

對於上述所製作的VA型液晶顯示裝置1~54,依據下述所示的方法,來評價熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕試驗後的漏光及翹曲(捲曲)之程度。結果如下述表3中所示。 With respect to the VA liquid crystal display devices 1 to 54 produced as described above, the degree of light leakage and warpage (curl) after the thermal shock durability test or the high temperature and high humidity test was evaluated according to the method described below. The results are shown in Table 3 below.

(熱衝擊耐久性試驗) (thermal shock durability test)

將顯示裝置載置於恆溫槽中,以-40℃(30分鐘)→90℃(30分鐘)設為1循環,並進行50循環。 The display device was placed in a thermostatic chamber and set to 1 cycle at -40 ° C (30 minutes) → 90 ° C (30 minutes), and 50 cycles were performed.

(高溫高濕耐久性試驗) (High temperature and high humidity durability test)

將顯示裝置載置於75℃、95%之條件下100小時。 The display device was placed at 75 ° C, 95% for 100 hours.

(漏光的評價) (evaluation of light leakage)

使用已分別實施上述熱衝擊耐久性試驗及高溫高濕耐久性試驗後的顯示裝置,使成為全面黑顯示,以目視觀察此時的漏光,依照下述基準來進行漏光的評價。 The display device after performing the above-described thermal shock durability test and the high-temperature and high-humidity durability test was used to make a full black display, and the light leakage at this time was visually observed, and the light leakage was evaluated in accordance with the following criteria.

◎:以目視完全無法確認到漏光 ◎: It is completely impossible to confirm the light leakage by visual inspection.

○:以目視幾乎無法確認到漏光 ○: It is almost impossible to confirm the light leakage by visual inspection.

△:雖以目視可確認到漏光,但作為製品使用為無問題 △: Although light leakage can be confirmed by visual observation, it is used as a product without problems.

×:以目視可明顯確認到漏光,且作為製品使用為有問題 ×: Light leakage can be clearly confirmed by visual inspection, and it is problematic to use as a product.

(面板之翹曲(捲曲)的評價) (Evaluation of warpage (curl) of the panel)

將已分別實施上述熱衝擊耐久性試驗及高溫高濕耐久性試驗後的顯示裝置之面板之翹曲(捲曲)之形狀,以目視來觀察,並依照下述基準來進行捲曲的評價。 The shape of the warp (curl) of the panel of the display device after the above-described thermal shock endurance test and the high-temperature and high-humidity durability test was visually observed, and the curl was evaluated in accordance with the following criteria.

◎:幾乎為平坦狀態且未確認到捲曲之產生 ◎: almost flat and no curl was confirmed

○:雖確認到弱的捲曲之產生,但實用上的品質為無問題 ○: Although the occurrence of weak curl was confirmed, the practical quality was no problem.

△:確認到明顯的捲曲之產生,且為操作困難的捲曲特性 △: The occurrence of significant curl was confirmed, and the curling property which was difficult to handle was confirmed.

×:嚴重的捲曲狀態,且操作為極困難的品質 ×: Severely curled state, and the operation is extremely difficult quality

如表3記載之結果可明確得知,相較於比較 例,由本發明所規定的構成所成的本發明之偏光板,作為保護薄膜A(辨視側的保護薄膜)為使用以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄膜之情形時,即使是熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕耐久性試驗之後,亦可抑制偏光板之面內端部的漏光、或因偏光板之捲曲所造成的面板之翹曲等的問題之產生。 As shown in the results in Table 3, it is clear that compared to the comparison In the case where the polarizing plate of the present invention is a protective film A (protective film on the side of the viewing side), which is a film containing acrylic resin or polyester as a main component, even a thermal shock is used. After the durability test or the high-temperature and high-humidity durability test, problems such as light leakage at the inner end portion of the polarizing plate or warpage of the panel due to curling of the polarizing plate can be suppressed.

[保護薄膜B-26~B-31的製作] [Production of Protective Film B-26~B-31]

在保護薄膜B-16的製作中,除了將遲滯上昇劑(上昇劑5)之添加量、TD方向的延伸倍率,以變更如表4所記載般以外,與保護薄膜B-16以相同之方法來製作保護薄膜B-26~B-31。然後,藉由與上述為相同之方法,分別對於所製作的保護薄膜B測定面內方向之遲滯值Ro及厚度方向之遲滯值Rt、以及光彈性係數。結果如下述表4中所示。 In the production of the protective film B-16, the same amount as the protective film B-16 was used except that the amount of addition of the hysteresis rising agent (increased agent 5) and the stretching ratio in the TD direction were changed as described in Table 4. To make protective film B-26~B-31. Then, the hysteresis value Ro in the in-plane direction, the hysteresis value Rt in the thickness direction, and the photoelastic coefficient were measured for the protective film B thus produced by the same method as described above. The results are shown in Table 4 below.

[偏光板55~60的製作] [Production of polarizing plate 55~60]

在上述偏光板5的製作中,除了將保護薄膜B變更為上述所製作的保護薄膜B-26~B-31以外,以相同地來製作 偏光板55~60。 In the production of the polarizing plate 5 described above, the protective film B is changed to the protective film B-26 to B-31 produced as described above, and is produced in the same manner. Polarizer 55~60.

[液晶顯示裝置55~60的製作] [Production of Liquid Crystal Display Devices 55 to 60]

藉由與上述為相同之方法,製作分別對應於偏光板55~60的VA型液晶顯示裝置55~60。然後,藉由與上述為相同之方法,分別對於所製作的液晶顯示裝置55~60評價熱衝擊耐久性試驗或高溫高濕試驗後的漏光及翹曲(捲曲)之程度。結果如下述表5中所示。 The VA liquid crystal display devices 55 to 60 respectively corresponding to the polarizing plates 55 to 60 are produced by the same method as described above. Then, the degree of light leakage and warpage (curl) after the thermal shock durability test or the high-temperature high-humidity test was evaluated for each of the liquid crystal display devices 55 to 60 produced by the same method as described above. The results are shown in Table 5 below.

如表5所示的結果可明確得知,保護薄膜B之膜厚較佳為12~60μm,又較佳為15~40μm,最佳為15~30μm。 As is clear from the results shown in Table 5, the film thickness of the protective film B is preferably from 12 to 60 μm, more preferably from 15 to 40 μm, most preferably from 15 to 30 μm.

本申請案係基於2013年11月19日提出申請的日本特願第2013-239352號,藉由參考該揭示內容並引用作為整體內容。 The present application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2013-239352, filed on Nov. 19, 2013, which is hereby incorporated by reference.

Claims (12)

一種偏光板,其係依序具有保護薄膜A、偏光子及保護薄膜B,且前述保護薄膜A及前述保護薄膜B為使用紫外線硬化型接著劑來與前述偏光子貼合而成的偏光板,其特徵為:前述保護薄膜A,係以丙烯酸樹脂或聚酯作為主成分的薄膜;前述保護薄膜B,係以平均乙醯基取代度為2.1~2.7的纖維素乙酸酯作為主成分並含有遲滯上昇劑的纖維素乙酸酯薄膜,該遲滯上昇劑,係由作為形成芳香環的碳原子以外的雜原子僅包含氮原子的具有5員的芳香族雜環的化合物所成;前述纖維素乙酸酯薄膜的光彈性係數(23℃ 55%RH)的縱橫方向之差(由MD方向之值減去TD方向之值後的值之絕對值)為5.0以下。 A polarizing plate which has a protective film A, a polarizer and a protective film B in this order, and the protective film A and the protective film B are polarizing plates which are bonded to the polarizer using an ultraviolet curing adhesive. The protective film A is a film containing an acrylic resin or a polyester as a main component, and the protective film B is composed of a cellulose acetate having an average ethyl ketone group substitution degree of 2.1 to 2.7 as a main component. a cellulose acetate film of a hysteresis-increasing agent, which is a compound having a 5-membered aromatic heterocyclic ring containing only a nitrogen atom as a hetero atom other than a carbon atom forming an aromatic ring; The difference between the longitudinal and lateral directions of the photoelastic coefficient (23 ° C 55% RH) of the acetate film (absolute value of the value obtained by subtracting the value in the TD direction from the value in the MD direction) is 5.0 or less. 如請求項1之偏光板,其中,在前述保護薄膜B中,MD方向的光彈性係數較TD方向的光彈性係數為大。 The polarizing plate of claim 1, wherein in the protective film B, the photoelastic coefficient in the MD direction is larger than the photoelastic coefficient in the TD direction. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A之膜厚為55~80μm。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film A has a film thickness of 55 to 80 μm. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A的MD方向的拉伸彈性率(23℃ 55%RH)與TD方向的拉伸彈性率(23℃ 55%RH)之差之絕對值為500MPa以下。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film A has an absolute difference in tensile modulus (23 ° C 55% RH) in the MD direction and tensile modulus (23 ° C 55% RH) in the TD direction. The value is 500 MPa or less. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,將前述保護薄膜A於80℃ 90%RH之條件下靜置24小時,此時的霧度值之變化為0.5以下。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film A is allowed to stand under conditions of 80 ° C and 90% RH for 24 hours, and the change in haze value at this time is 0.5 or less. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A,係以丙烯酸樹脂作為主成分。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film A is made of an acrylic resin as a main component. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述保護薄膜A,係以聚對苯二甲酸乙二酯作為主成分。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the protective film A is made of polyethylene terephthalate as a main component. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述遲滯上昇劑,其係包含選自由吡咯環、吡唑環、咪唑環、三唑環、四唑環所成之群之至少1種的遲滯上昇劑。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the hysteresis rising agent comprises a hysteresis rise of at least one selected from the group consisting of a pyrrole ring, a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring, a triazole ring, and a tetrazole ring. Agent. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述遲滯上昇劑,其係包含選自由吡唑環、咪唑環及三唑環所成之群之至少1種的遲滯上昇劑。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the hysteresis rising agent comprises at least one hysteresis rising agent selected from the group consisting of a pyrazole ring, an imidazole ring and a triazole ring. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,構成前述保護薄膜B的前述纖維素乙酸酯的前述乙醯基取代度為2.5~2.7。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the cellulose acetate ester constituting the protective film B has a degree of substitution of the ethyl thiol group of 2.5 to 2.7. 如請求項1或2之偏光板,其中,前述紫外線硬化型接著劑,係脂環式環氧化合物及脂肪鏈環氧化合物之混合物。 The polarizing plate of claim 1 or 2, wherein the ultraviolet curable adhesive is a mixture of an alicyclic epoxy compound and an aliphatic chain epoxy compound. 一種具備請求項1~11中任一項之偏光板的VA型液晶顯示裝置。 A VA type liquid crystal display device comprising the polarizing plate of any one of claims 1 to 11.
TW103139405A 2013-11-19 2014-11-13 A polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same TWI569967B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013239352 2013-11-19

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW201531404A TW201531404A (en) 2015-08-16
TWI569967B true TWI569967B (en) 2017-02-11

Family

ID=53179368

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW103139405A TWI569967B (en) 2013-11-19 2014-11-13 A polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2015076101A1 (en)
KR (1) KR20160070810A (en)
CN (1) CN105745561B (en)
TW (1) TWI569967B (en)
WO (1) WO2015076101A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (19)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
KR101821801B1 (en) * 2015-06-18 2018-01-25 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Polarizing plate, method for preparing the same and optical display apparatus comprising the same
KR20170053039A (en) * 2015-11-05 2017-05-15 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Polarizing plate and display device comprising the same
WO2017168807A1 (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Phase difference film, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2017181865A (en) * 2016-03-31 2017-10-05 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2017191153A (en) * 2016-04-12 2017-10-19 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2017194620A (en) * 2016-04-22 2017-10-26 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
TWI649591B (en) * 2016-05-31 2019-02-01 南韓商Skc股份有限公司 Protective film for polarizing member, polarizing plate including the same, and display device having the same
KR102394679B1 (en) * 2016-07-28 2022-05-09 스미또모 가가꾸 가부시키가이샤 Polarizer
WO2018074102A1 (en) * 2016-10-18 2018-04-26 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
CN110446955B (en) * 2017-04-03 2022-03-08 日东电工株式会社 Polarizer and polarizing plate
CN110637241B (en) * 2017-05-26 2022-02-18 Skc株式会社 Optical polyester film and prism sheet or polarizing reflective sheet comprising the same
JP7240090B2 (en) * 2017-10-03 2023-03-15 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate, image display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate
JP7240091B2 (en) * 2017-10-03 2023-03-15 日東電工株式会社 Polarizing plate, image display device, and method for manufacturing polarizing plate
JP6470828B1 (en) * 2017-12-04 2019-02-13 住友化学株式会社 Manufacturing method of polarizing plate with protective film
JP6470829B1 (en) * 2017-12-04 2019-02-13 住友化学株式会社 Optical laminate and method for producing the same
JP6678274B1 (en) * 2018-11-22 2020-04-08 住友化学株式会社 Laminated film roll, laminated body with hard coat film, and polarizing plate
IT201900011502A1 (en) * 2019-07-11 2021-01-11 Ind Termoplastica Pavese S P A SYSTEM FOR THE PRODUCTION BY BUBBLE EXTRUSION OF A FILM CONTAINING AT LEAST ONE LAYER OF HOT MELT AND / OR HIGH MELT FLOW INDEX POLYMER
JP7379933B2 (en) 2019-08-23 2023-11-15 コニカミノルタ株式会社 Method for producing dope for optical film and method for producing optical film
KR20220154458A (en) * 2021-05-13 2022-11-22 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Polarizing plate and image display device comprising the same

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012203284A (en) * 2011-03-28 2012-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Polarizer and liquid crystal display device including the same
TW201331276A (en) * 2011-09-05 2013-08-01 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Method for producing optical film
TW201333552A (en) * 2012-05-01 2013-08-16 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Phase differential film, manufacturing method of polarizer plate, and liquid crystal display device

Family Cites Families (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2007061041A1 (en) * 2005-11-28 2007-05-31 Asahi Kasei Chemicals Corporation Optical film
JP2009086047A (en) * 2007-09-27 2009-04-23 Fujifilm Corp Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP5509031B2 (en) * 2009-10-28 2014-06-04 富士フイルム株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP4962661B2 (en) * 2010-06-22 2012-06-27 東洋紡績株式会社 Liquid crystal display device, polarizing plate and polarizer protective film
JP2012018341A (en) * 2010-07-09 2012-01-26 Konica Minolta Opto Inc Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
KR101449887B1 (en) * 2010-12-08 2014-10-10 코니카 미놀타 가부시키가이샤 Optical film, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using same
JP2012181277A (en) * 2011-02-28 2012-09-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Polarizing plate, polarizing plate set, liquid crystal panel and liquid crystal display device
JP2013057706A (en) * 2011-09-07 2013-03-28 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Inc Liquid crystal display device

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2012203284A (en) * 2011-03-28 2012-10-22 Fujifilm Corp Polarizer and liquid crystal display device including the same
TW201331276A (en) * 2011-09-05 2013-08-01 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Method for producing optical film
TW201333552A (en) * 2012-05-01 2013-08-16 Konica Minolta Advanced Layers Phase differential film, manufacturing method of polarizer plate, and liquid crystal display device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105745561A (en) 2016-07-06
KR20160070810A (en) 2016-06-20
WO2015076101A1 (en) 2015-05-28
CN105745561B (en) 2018-12-14
JPWO2015076101A1 (en) 2017-03-16
TW201531404A (en) 2015-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI569967B (en) A polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6245260B2 (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
WO2014175040A1 (en) Polarizing plate, method for producing same and liquid crystal display device
JP2013152430A (en) Optical film, laminated film, and manufacturing method of these
TW201940324A (en) Electroluminescent display device
TW201736878A (en) Polarizing plate, method for producing polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2018070132A1 (en) Polarizer and liquid crystal display
KR20160027988A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device comprising same
TWI538944B (en) A cellulose ester film, a method for producing the same, and a polarizing plate
TWI644131B (en) Polarizing plate, manufacturing method of polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
TWI585474B (en) Optical film and optical film manufacturing method, polarizing film and liquid crystal display device
JP7099440B2 (en) A polarizing plate and a display device equipped with the polarizing plate.
JP5737287B2 (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
JP6136226B2 (en) Optical film roll body and manufacturing method thereof, packaging body, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
WO2013133276A1 (en) Polarizing plate and display device using same
CN109844580B (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JPWO2011114764A1 (en) Retardation film and polarizing plate provided with the same
JP5621785B2 (en) Manufacturing method of polarizing plate
JP2017102368A (en) Polarizing plate protective film and polarizing plate having the same
TW200919020A (en) Liquid crystal display device
TWI770876B (en) Polarizing plate and organic electroluminescence display device
WO2016009743A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and image display device
WO2016038922A1 (en) Optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
KR20160095054A (en) Cellulose ester film and cellulose ester film manufacturing method
JP2014167577A (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device